Freightways Group Limited logo

Full Year Results to 30 June 2021 and Final Dividend

Full Year Results22 August 2021FRWIndustrials

Results for announcement to the market
Name of issuer FREIGHTWAYS LIMITED

Reporting Period 12 months to 30 June 2021

Previous Reporting Period 12 months to 30 June 2020

Currency New Zealand dollars

Amount (000s) Percentage change

Revenue from continuing

operations

$800,533 27%

Total Revenue $800,533 27%

Net profit/(loss) from

continuing operations

$49,633 4.8%

Total net profit/(loss) $49,633 4.8%

Final Dividend

Amount per Quoted Equity

Security

$ 0.25000000

Imputed amount per

Quoted Equity Security

$0.07000000

Record Date 17 September 2021

Dividend Payment Date 1 October 2021

Current period Prior comparable period

Net tangible assets per

Quoted Equity Security

$(0.83) $(1.01)

A brief explanation of any

of the figures above

necessary to enable the

figures to be understood

Refer to the section “Full Year Review” for commentary.

Authority for this announcement

Name of person


authorised

to make this announcement

Stephan Deschamps

Contact person for this

announcement

Stephan Deschamps

Contact phone number +64 27 562 5666

Contact email address stephan.deschamps@freightways.co.nz

Date of release through MAP


23 August 2021


Audited financial statements accompany this announcement.


1






FREIGHTWAYS LIMITED

FINANCIAL SUMMARY

FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2021





Note


2021


2020 Increase


$000 $000


Operating revenue


800,533 630,940 26.9%


EBITA (i) 107,543 88,197 21.9%


NPAT (ii) 49,633 47,375 4.8%


EBITA, excluding other income & expenses



130,589 97,795 33.5%


NPAT, excluding other income & expenses, net of tax


72,679 56,036 29.7%


Other income and expenses:


- Impairment of intangible assets - software


- (608)


- Write-off of obsolete software

(iii)

- (2,739)


- Impairment of goodwill


- (5,194)


- Impairment of brand names


- (1,581)


- Acquisition advisory fee


- (981)


- Change in fair value of contingent consideration – Big

Chill Distribution Limited


(23,046) -


- Reversal of accrued earn-out payables


- 1,505


Total (23,046) (9,598)

Tax benefit applicable to other income and expenses - 937

Other income and expenses, net of tax (23,046) (8,661)



Note:


(i) Operating profit before interest, income tax and amortisation of intangibles

(ii) Profit for the year attributable to the shareholders

(iii) Software totalling $1.6 million has been written off during the current financial year. This is considered

immaterial and has been included within general and administration expenses in the Income Statement rather

than be separately disclosed in other expenses.


The Directors believe that the other income and expenses detailed above should not be included when assessing

the underlying trading performance of the Group.






2


FULL YEAR REVIEW

From the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer



If last year was about resolving the many and varied challenges posed by COVID-19, this year focused

on moving forward. There were still lockdowns and other issues to deal with, but overall, our teams

continued to bring a problem-solving attitude to day-to-day operations that saw us manage these issues

and focus on implementing our strategy.


By further advancing Pricing For Effort for our courier brands; seeking efficiency opportunities in

information management; integrating innovation into our workstreams and growing our waste renewal

business, we demonstrated that Freightways has a powerful ability to profitably pick-up, process and

deliver for customers at the same time as it develops new services.


An updated purpose – We move you to a better place - articulates our approach. As a group of businesses, we

are motivated by progress. Whether we are shifting physical and digital items for our customers, helping our

people further their careers, increasing returns for our investors or moving the dial for communities, our focus

is firmly on what’s ahead.


This year, we continued to set new expectations for our customers; lift income and boost career aspirations for

our people; deliver healthy returns for our investors and made plans to further reduce our emissions. In FY21

we reduced the number injuries across a workforce that grew by around 350 people through the acquisition of

Big Chill. We did all of that by encouraging everyone who works here to take individual responsibility for

making things better and rewarding them for that, by doing deals that make sense, by thinking commercially,

and by working as a family that cares for each other and supports safety, security and wellbeing within our

businesses.


We marked a year of owning Big Chill, and we are very happy with their progress. They are a clear example

of a strongly positioned business which is focussed on meeting the needs of their customers, exploring new

ways to generate value and improve earnings. At acquisition, Big Chill were a quality, temperature-controlled,

express business. Since then, they have broadened activities to include coolstore-3PL capabilities and we have

plans for this to continue as they add new value-adding services in the years ahead.


Big Chill’s progress is echoed across the Group. Our Express Package brands such as New Zealand Couriers

and Post Haste have evolved from being leading business-to-business couriers, to brands that now include

profitable business-to-consumer deliveries. Our Med-X business is shifting from document destruction to

waste renewal by taking on high-value recycling opportunities. Messenger Services are moving from a pure-

play point to point service to one that builds deeper relationships through dedicated services.


We move you to a better place reflects an entrepreneurial mindset that builds on our relationships and keeps

providing existing and new customers with complementary services. This year, it’s seen us achieve important

market share gains in our courier and waste businesses. Coupled with service standards that we believe are

superior to those of any of our competitors, our businesses have enjoyed both organic growth and market share

gains.


That positive mindset has also been at play in other parts of the business. Our information management

business in Australia has achieved a solid turnaround, despite ongoing lockdowns. They have improved

profitability by focusing on greater efficiencies.


3


The growth in medical waste in Australia is a great example of growth through innovation. When we bought

into medical waste 4 years ago, it had $3 million in turnover. It now generates $16 million in revenue. There

are success stories like this right across Freightways.


Looking ahead, we see opportunities for growth across our courier businesses as ecommerce continues to grow.

The emergence of new consumer trends, such as people wanting more direct access to fresh food, are a part of

this.


There’s plenty of upside too in waste renewal. Beyond document destruction and medical waste, we’re already

making good gains in collecting materials to divert them from landfill. SaveBoard is a great example of how

waste materials can be transformed with the right technology, coupled with our ability to pick up and deliver

the feedstock through our customer reach.


A radical shift pays off for everyone

Our Pricing for Effort (PFE) initiative continues to build value for our contractors by better remunerating them

for the effort required in completing residential deliveries. Last year we achieved a PFE rate of 73c per item.

This year we lifted that to $1.32 per item. Couple that gain with increases in volumes and PFE has made a

noticeable difference for our people. This year, average remuneration for our couriers improved by 8%. In

particular, our residential contractors have experienced a healthy increase in earnings.


Just as importantly, we’ve seen a 10% reduction in turnover in our courier fleet. By retaining more experienced

couriers it means better experiences for our customers. We have an increased number of applicants applying

to join our fleets and our people feel more valued, so they are more productive and more commercially minded.

As a result, we’ve come through a challenging time with a growing team and increased business.


Our goal now is to continue tackling PFE opportunities to keep improving contractor and company earnings.

Residential deliveries are just one of a range of categories that have not been priced properly. There’s no doubt

in our minds, for example, that local pricing also needs to move to a better place.


Customers are in essence paying the same rate for local delivery that they were paying 25 years ago. In that

time, our cities have become much more congested and difficult to move around in. Our efforts to help resolve

this have so far been absorbed by our brands. We’ve had to invest in satellite depots, for example, to try and

keep inefficiencies for our couriers to a minimum. At some point, we need to step up, challenge the industry

again and update pricing to reflect the true effort now required.


Future-proofing our business

Last year we released our first ever Sustainability Report. This year we have developed a science-based target

for emissions reduction which will see us targeting a 50% drop in emissions by 2035, by maintaining a modern

fleet and transitioning to EVs and alternative fuels as they and the networks that support them become

available. We have also actively pursued plastic recycling to reduce waste from our own operations and we

are targeting a 70% reduction in the use of plastic packaging in the coming year.


In 2020, we established an innovation hub, The Startery, to help us commercialise ideas generated alongside

our business-as-usual activities. The 30 ideas generated so far are an encouraging sign of the Group’s ability

to recognise and act on initiatives that could shape our future.


Business unit performances

Our businesses continued to tackle and adapt to different challenges throughout the year. Here are some of the

highlights:


4


Express Package

 Growth was healthy overall, with important gains in market share as a result of customer acquisition and

new customers coming into the market. Growth was also experienced across both B2B and B2C deliveries

– in fact, volumes through most of the year were consistently higher than the previous year.

 Big Chill revenues were up 14% aided by the opening of a new temperature-controlled third-party logistics

warehouse and market share gains. This delivered improved utilisation and therefore stronger margins, a

healthy improvement that backs up our confidence in the company’s potential.

 NOW Couriers volumes continued to increase on the back of their same-day guaranteed Auckland delivery

promise.

 Our international air freight service to NSW and Victoria, Australia finished in November 2020 and earned

us $8.8 million in revenue.


The year ahead

 We will continue to aim for increased penetration into attractive market niches.

 We will implement further rollout of our customer facing technology.

 The success of Big Chill’s 3PL initiatives has given us confidence that there is ample potential for

expansion for this part of their business. We will continue to grow this capability.

 The Startery is exploring a range of future opportunities for our Express Package business.


Business Mail

 Volumes recovered post-lockdowns to the point where they were similar to the previous year. This was

particularly pleasing in the face of the market declining around 15% overall.

 We are continuing to refine our DX Mail network to make it as efficient as possible.


The year ahead

 Dataprint will roll out their digital services.

 DXMail will continue to explore further efficiency initiatives. We remain confident that New Zealanders

are looking for a business mail delivery service with high levels of reliability and quality and we will

continue to look for ways to deliver that proposition.


Information Management in Australia

 Understandably there was not a lot of growth this year because of lockdowns. However, by finding new

ways of working and taking cost out of the Australian business – as well as seeking new revenue

opportunities, we were able to improve profitability.

 We continue to see opportunities to optimise the cost base for this business.


The year ahead

 We are pursuing opportunities to use our storage facilities for complementary services.

 The Startery has identified a number of opportunities that could expand our IM offering which are getting

closer to being released to the market.


Waste Renewal (previously described as Secure Destruction)


A bounce back in New Zealand after lockdowns saw our volumes return to 2019 levels.

 In Australia business was still impacted by lockdowns in Sydney and Melbourne, but elsewhere returned

to levels experienced in 2019.

 Medical waste in Victoria continued to grow in terms of both volume and revenue.

 Volumes of other high-value recyclables such as electronic destruction (computers, hard drives) have

increased.

 We are dealing with higher volumes of other recyclable commodities including coffee cups.


5



The year ahead

 We expect collection and processing of medical waste to continue growing.

 We have invested in the SaveBoard business and we look forward to seeing this launch and expand in

2022.

 We are increasingly involved with collecting other higher value commodities, such as textiles and plastics.


Balance sheet strength

This year we developed a new policy to guide our capital management and give investors improved guidance

on what to expect from us. We are committed to maintaining a strong credit profile that supports our growth

strategy. Following the acquisition of Big Chill, and the additional debt raised to fund it, we have used healthy

cash flow generation to return our balance sheet to a stronger position.


As part of the policy, we have set our key metric for capital management at 2x to 3x Debt/EBITDA. If we

make a significant investment, investors should expect the business to focus on cashflow generation to reduce

debt. That has been the case this year. With the metric restored, the business will resume looking for acquisitive

opportunities.


The current dividend policy of 75% to 80% of NPATA, adjusted for significant one-offs, is well understood

and is set at a level that the Board expects to be sustainable in the medium term. This will be managed in line

with our ambition to maintain a strong investment grade profile.


Last year, the Board chose not to declare a final dividend for FY20 given the uncertainty in both the New

Zealand and Australian markets. This year, the Board has agreed a return to the payment of a full year dividend.

We are pleased to declare a full year dividend of 18 cents per share.


Outlook

We have had a record year in terms of earnings and performances across the business mirror the huge efforts

put in by our teams of people. What we have seen over the last year however is that even the best laid plans

can be influenced by economic conditions and lockdowns. On that basis, we are not resting on our laurels.


We will continue to focus on improving our margins, particularly in Australia, and continue to build

momentum and profitability in our New Zealand brands. The macro factors we are conscious of are: the tight

labour market which is pushing labour costs higher; a heavily constrained supply chain which could hamper

the flow of products coming into the country for our couriers to deliver; and any future lockdowns in Australia

or NZ.


In keeping with our undertaking from last year, we will react decisively to any change in volumes while

maintaining the service, safety and environmental standards that our customers, investors and other

stakeholders expect. That means we will adjust our cost base to protect our margins. We will also prioritise

the best strategies to deliver value to shareholders over the long term.


Last week, New Zealand entered an alert level 4 lockdown. As a result, we have immediately implemented

our well-established processes to ensure that all staff and contractors can operate safely. Under alert level 4,

activity levels are significantly impacted across all the New Zealand businesses. However, experience from

the lockdowns of last year suggests that as soon as alert levels are lowered from alert level 4 to alert level 3 or

below, the express package businesses should recover quickly and tend to experience higher volumes than

previously expected. Should the level 4 lockdown continue for an extended period we will continue to evaluate

our cost base and other options available to us.


6


In 2021 we welcomed Mark Cairns and Fiona Oliver to the Board and bid farewell to Andrea Staines. Our

thanks to Andrea for her time with us, and to all directors for their expertise and guidance this year. We would

again like to acknowledge the efforts of all our teams and to thank our shareholders for sharing this journey

with us and for your continuing support.







Mark Verbiest Mark Troughear

Chairman Chief Executive Officer



23 August 2021





7


FREIGHTWAYS LIMITED

INCOME STATEMENT

FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2021

Group


2021

$000

2020

$000

Operating revenue


800,533 630,940


Transport and logistics expenses (309,318) (253,443)

Employee benefits expenses

(226,669) (168,017)

Occupancy expenses

(7,063) (5,143)

General and administration expenses

(69,859) (59,666)

Change in fair value of contingent consideration

– Big Chill Distribution Limited

(23,046) -

Depreciation and software amortisation (57,035) (46,876)

Amortisation of intangibles (7,652) (3,477)

Other income and expenses - (9,598)

Operating profit before interest and income

tax


99,891 84,720

Net interest and finance costs


(22,667) (18,420)

Profit before income tax 77,224 66,300

Income tax

- Tax applicable to profit before income tax (27,591) (20,355)

- Tax benefits as a result of tax law change - 1,430

Total income tax (27,591) (18,925)

Profit for the year 49,633 47,375

Profit for the year is attributable to:

Owners of the parent 49,555 47,332

Non-controlling interests 78 43

49,633 47,375



8


FREIGHTWAYS LIMITED

STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2021


Group


2021

$000

2020

$000

Profit for the year (NPAT) 49,633 47,375

Other comprehensive income

Items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit

or loss:



Exchange differences on translation of foreign

operations



(2,310) 1,475

Cash flow hedges taken directly to equity, net of tax


880 1,826

Total other comprehensive income after income

tax


(1,430) 3,301

Total comprehensive income for the year 48,203 50,676

Total comprehensive income for the year is

attributable to:


Owners of the parent 48,125 50,633

Non-controlling interests 78 43

48,203 50,676



















9


FREIGHTWAYS LIMITED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2021


GROUP


Contributed

equity

Retained

earnings

Cash flow

hedge

reserve

Foreign

currency

translation

reserve

Non-

controlling

interests

Total equity



$000 $000 $000 $000 $000 $000

Balance at 1 July 2019


126,440

142,817

(3,901)

(6,110)

124

259,370

Profit for the year


-

47,332

-

-

43

47,375

Exchange differences on translation of foreign operations


-

-

-

1,475

-

1,475

Cash flow hedges taken directly to e

quity, net of tax


-

-

1,826

-

-

1,826

Total Comprehensive Income


-

47,332

1,826

1,475

43

50,676

Dividend payments


-

(47,403)

-

-

(53)

(47,456)

Shares issued


54,190

-

-

-

-

54,190

Balance at 30 June 2020


180,630

142,746

(2,075)

(4,635)

114

316,780

Profit for the year


-

49,555

-

-

78

49,633

Exchange differences on translation of foreign operations


-

-

-

(2,310)

-

(2,310)

Cash flow hedges taken directly to

equity, net of tax


-

-

880

-

-

880

Total Comprehensive Income


- 49,555 880 (2,310)

78 48,203

Dividend payments


-

(25,658)

-

-

(44)

(25,702)

Shares issued


1,941

-

-

-

-

1,941

Balance at 30 June 2021


182,571

166,643

(1,195)

(6,945)

148

341,222


10


FREIGHTWAYS LIMITED

BALANCE SHEET

AS AT 30 JUNE 2021

Group

2021

$000

2020

$000

Current assets


Cash and cash equivalents 19,940 16,686

Trade and other receivables 103,947 100,381

Income tax receivable - 384

Inventories 7,438 6,019

Total current assets 131,325 123,470


Non-current assets

Trade receivables and other non-current assets 6,825 7,348

Property, plant and equipment 128,338 134,649

Right-of-use assets 275,849 278,142

Intangible assets 494,503 498,966

Investment in associates 7,510 7,842

Total non-current assets 913,025 926,947

Total assets 1,044,350 1,050,417


Current liabilities

Trade and other payables 102,944 87,656

Borrowings (secured) - 5,210

Lease liabilities 31,078 30,641

Income tax payable 11,982 18,824

Provisions 1,562 1,225

Derivative financial instruments 1,082 750

Contract liability 14,593 15,142

Total current liabilities 163,241 159,448


Non-current liabilities

Trade and other payables 51,352 27,386

Borrowings (secured) 163,696 216,484

Deferred tax liability 36,726 41,425

Provisions 6,979 6,331

Lease liabilities 280,557 280,431

Derivative financial instruments 577 2,132

Total non-current liabilities 539,887 574,189

Total liabilities 703,128 733,637

NET ASSETS 341,222 316,780


EQUITY

Contributed equity 182,571 180,630

Retained earnings 166,643 142,746

Cash flow hedge reserve (1,195) (2,075)

Foreign currency translation reserve (6,945) (4,635)

341,074 316,666

Non-controlling interests 148 114

TOTAL EQUITY 341,222 316,780


Net Tangible Assets (Liabilities) per Security ($0.83) ($1.01)


11



FREIGHTWAYS LIMITED

STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2021

Group


2021

$000

2020

$000


Inflows


(Outflows)

Inflows


(Outflows)

Cash flows from operating activities


Receipts from customers

792,279 634,749

Payments to suppliers and employees

(594,705) (474,653)

Cash generated from operations

197,574 160,096

Interest received 22 48

Interest and other costs of finance paid

(22,748) (19,380)

Income taxes paid

(39,835) (13,599)

Net cash inflows from operating activities



135,013 127,165


Cash flows from investing activities

Payments for property, plant and equipment



(12,360) (18,318)

Payments for software

(5,645) (5,313)

Proceeds from disposal of property, plant and equipment

399 849

Payments for businesses acquired (net of cash acquired)



- (94,973)

Payments for investment in associates - (7,468)

Receipts from joint venture and associate 3,354 1,202

Cash flows from other investing activities

(213) (226)

Net cash outflows from investing activities (14,465) (124,247)


Cash flows from financing activities

Dividends paid

(25,702) (47,456)

Increase (decrease) in bank borrowings

(58,985) 45,802

Proceeds from issue of ordinary shares



799 24,126

Principal elements of lease payments

(33,319) (24,954)

Net cash outflows from financing activities



(117,207) (2,482)


Net increase in cash and cash equivalents 3,341 436

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

16,686 15,986

Exchange rate adjustments (87) 264

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year 19,940 16,686




12




ACCOUNTING TREATMENT OF CLOUD COMPUTING ARRANGEMENTS


The Group has capitalised costs incurred in configuring or customising certain suppliers’ application software

in certain cloud computing arrangements as intangible assets (30 June 2021 - $0.8 million; 30 June 2020 - $0.6

million; 1 July 2019 - $1.2 million), as the Group considered that it would benefit from those costs to implement

the cloud-based software over the expected terms of the cloud computing arrangements. Following the IFRS IC

agenda decision on Configuration or Customisation Costs in a Cloud Computing Arrangement in March 2021

(ratified by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB) in April 2021), the Group has commenced a

review of these capitalised costs to determine whether they would need to be expensed or reclassified as

prepayments. The IFRS IC concluded that costs incurred in configuring or customising software in a cloud

computing arrangement can be recognised as intangible assets only if the activities create an intangible asset

that the entity controls and the intangible asset meets the recognition criteria. Costs that do not result in intangible

assets are expensed as incurred, unless they are paid to the suppliers of the cloud-based software to significantly

customise the cloud-based software for the Group, in which case the costs paid upfront are recorded as

prepayments for services and amortised over the expected terms of the cloud computing arrangements.


At the time of finalising the 30 June 2021 financial statements, the review process is still in progress, due to the

short timeframe between the release of the agenda decision and the Group’s financial year end, the Group has

not had sufficient time to fully assess the potential impact of the agenda decision. A detailed review of large

projects previously capitalised as intangible assets, and project costs recognised as work-in-progress as at 30

June 2021, needs to be carried out at a transactional level to ensure correct treatment. The Group expects to

implement the updated accounting policy in the next financial period.




SEGMENT REPORTING


A segment is a component of the Group that can be distinguished from other components of the Group by the

products or services it sells, the primary market it operates in and the risks and returns applicable to it. Operating

segments are reported upon in a manner consistent with the internal reporting used by the Chief Executive

Officer, as the chief operating decision maker, and the Board for allocating resources, assessing performance

and strategic decision making.


The Group is organised into the following reportable operating segments:


Express package & business mail

Comprises network (hub & spoke) courier, refrigerated transport, point-to-point courier and postal services.


Information management

Comprises secure paper-based and electronic business information management services.


Corporate and other

Comprises corporate, financing and property management services.


The Group has no individual customer that represents more than 4% of external sales revenue.


13



As at and for the year ended 30 June 2021:

Express

Package &

Business Mail

Information

Management

Corporate Inter-

Segment

Elimination

Consolidated

Operations


$000 $000 $000 $000 $000

Income statement

Sales to external customers

629,760 170,770 3 - 800,533

Inter-segment sales

3,254 (104) 4,795 (7,945) -

Total revenue

633,014 170,666 4,798 (7,945) 800,533



Operating profit (loss) before

change in fair value of contingent

consideration, interest, income tax,

depreciation and software

amortisation and amortisation of

intangibles





142,817




50,849




(6,042)




-




187,624

Change in fair value of contingent

consideration – Big Chill

Distribution Limited

- - (23,046) - (23,046)

Operating profit (loss) before

interest, income tax, depreciation

and software amortisation and

amortisation of intangibles





142,817




50,849




(29,088)




-




164,578

Depreciation and software

amortisation


(33,323) (21,876) (1,836) - (57,035)

Operating profit (loss) before

interest, income tax and

amortisation of intangibles




109,494



28,973



(30,924)



-



107,543

Amortisation of intangibles (5,280) (2,372) - - (7,652)

Profit (loss) before interest and

income tax


104,214 26,601 (30,924) - 99,891

Net interest and finance costs (6,290) (4,881) (11,496) - (22,667)

Profit (loss) before income tax

97,924 21,720 (42,420) - 77,224

Income tax (27,208) (6,509) 6,126 - (27,591)

Profit (loss) for the year attributable

to the shareholders


70,716 15,211 (36,294) - 49,633



Balance sheet


Segment assets 641,580 360,217 42,553 - 1,044,350

Segment liabilities 257,853 171,871 273,406 - 703,130



14



As at and for the year ended 30 June 2020:

Express

Package &

Business Mail

Information

Management

Corporate Inter-

Segment

Elimination

Consolidated

Operations


$000 $000 $000 $000 $000

Income statement

Sales to external customers

472,151 158,783 6 - 630,940

Inter-segment sales

2,272 (58) 4,900 (7,114) -

Total revenue

474,423 158,725 4,906 (7,114) 630,940



Operating profit (loss) before other

income and expense, interest,

income tax, depreciation and

software amortisation and

amortisation of intangibles





101,690




47,055




(4,074)




-




144,671

Other income and expenses (3,347) (5,270) (981) - (9,598)

Operating profit (loss) before

interest, income tax, depreciation

and software amortisation and

amortisation of intangibles





98,343




41,785




(5,055)




-




135,073

Depreciation and software

amortisation


(23,929) (21,215) (1,732) - (46,876)

Operating profit (loss) before

interest, income tax and

amortisation of intangibles




74,414



20,570



(6,787)



-



88,197

Amortisation of intangibles (1,168) (2,309) - - (3,477)

Profit (loss) before interest and

income tax


73,246 18,261 (6,787) - 84,720

Net interest and finance costs (3,810) (5,188) (9,422) - (18,420)

Profit (loss) before income tax

69,436 13,073 (16,209) - 66,300

Income tax (18,815) (5,492) 5,382 - (18,925)

Profit (loss) for the year attributable

to the shareholders


50,621 7,581 (10,827) - 47,375



Balance sheet


Segment assets 646,991 360,582 42,844 - 1,050,417

Segment liabilities 259,016 162,098 312,523 - 733,637


Segment assets and liabilities are disclosed net of inter-company balances.


For the year ended 30 June 2021, external revenue from customers in the Group's New Zealand and Australian

operations was $672.1 million and $128.4 million, respectively (2020: $513.6 million and $117.3 million,

respectively). As at 30 June 2021, non-current assets in respect of the New Zealand and Australian operations

(excluding deferred tax assets and financial assets) were $457.8 million and $172.5 million, respectively (2020:

$468.5 million and $173.0 million, respectively).


15


REVENUE FROM CONTRACTS WITH CUSTOMERS


The Group derives revenue from the transfer of goods and services over time and at a point in time in the

following major product lines:



Express

Package &

Refrigerated

Transport


Postal

Storage &

Handling


Destruction

Activities


Other Total

2021 $000 $000 $000 $000 $000 $000

Revenue from external

customers

572,623 48,475 60,694 70,616 48,125 800,533

Timing of revenue

recognition:


At a point in time - 2,706 - 20,492 11,009 34,207

Over time 572,623 45,769 60,694 50,124 37,116 766,326

572,623 48,475 60,694 70,616 48,125 800,533


2020

Revenue from external

customers

421,668 49,122 60,295 61,592 38,263 630,940

Timing of revenue

recognition:


At a point in time - 3,191 - 18,307 10,176 31,674

Over time 421,668 45,931 60,295 43,285 28,087 599,266

421,668 49,122 60,295 61,592 38,263 630,940


16


INCOME AND EXPENSES


Profit before income tax includes the following specific income and expenses:


(i) The estimated discounted future final payment for BCD has been increased from $27.2 million as at 30

June 2020 to $51.3 million as at 30 June 2021. This increase of $23 million (net of impact of unwinding

of discount on acquisition earn-out liability of $1 million) reflects the strong performance of BCD,

which will determine the final payment for the acquisition of the company, to be made in August 2022.

(ii) Impairment loss in respect of (a) the carrying value of goodwill and brand names recognised upon the

acquisition of the LitSupport print & copy bureau ($5.8 million), and (b) an amount of the goodwill

originally recognised upon the acquisition of the NSW-based State Waste Services (SWS) business ($1

million) with $1.5 million earn-out payable for SWS reversed in 2020, refer (v) below.

(iii) Write-off of internally-developed software considered obsolete as a result of the accelerated introduction

of new software applications and systems in response to business and market demands.

(iv) Advisory fee paid for assistance with the successful acquisition of Big Chill Distribution Limited.

(v) Reversal of previously-accrued earn-out payables no longer expected to be paid related to the acquisition

of SWS.



IMPACT OF COVID-19


The on-going COVID-19 global pandemic has accelerated a number of trends that were already evident before

the start of the pandemic. Amongst them is a faster adoption of online shopping that positively impacts volume

for Freightways’ express package businesses. At the same time, with a number of information management’s

customers having employees working from home and using less paper, some of the information management

activities continue to recover at a slower pace. This slower recovery is partially mitigated by continuing to

develop new service lines and managing costs. The risk of a resurgence of COVID-19 in New Zealand or

Australia creates a continued level of uncertainty, although Freightways’ businesses are now well prepared to

operate efficiently in different levels of lockdown. During the year, $0.8 million was received from the

Australian government in relation to the JobKeeper subsidy.



Group


Note

2021

$000

2020

$000


Change in fair value of contingent consideration – Big

Chill Distribution Limited (BCD)

(i) 23,046 -


Other income and expenses:

- Impairment of goodwill (ii) - 5,194

- Impairment of brand names (ii) - 1,581

- Impairment of intangible assets - software (iii) - 608

- Write-off of obsolete software (iii) - 2,739

Acquisition advisory fee (iv) - 981

Reversal of accrued earn-out payables (v) - (1,505)


17



LEASES


The following tables show the movements and analysis in relation to the right-of-use (ROU) assets and lease

liabilities under NZ IFRS 16.


The balance sheet shows the following amounts relating to leases:


Right-of-use assets:

Group

2021 2020

$000 $000

Opening net book value 278,142 -

Recognised on transition - 200,068

Lease additions, modifications and terminations 32,671 104,550

Depreciation for the yea

r (35,148) (28,409)

Exchange rate movement 184 1,933

Closing net book value 275,849 278,142


Cost 393,757 367,280

Accumulated depreciation (117,908) (89,138)

Closing net book value 275,849 278,142


Lease liabilities:

Group

2021 2020

$000 $000

Operating lease commitments discounted using the Group's

incremental borrowing rate


-


112,229

Adjustments as a result of different treatment of extension and

termination options

- 111,084

Opening lease liabilities 311,072 223,313

Lease additions, modifications and terminations 32,929 109,787

Interest for the year 11,111 8,752

Lease repayments (43,725) (33,706)

Other lease liabilities - 668

Exchange rate movement 248 2,258

Closing lease liabilities 311,635 311,072





Right-of-use assets

2021


$000

2020


$000

Buildings

257,385 259,023

Equipment

3,647 6,823

Motor vehicles 14,817 12,296

275,849 278,142

Group


Lease liabilities

2021


$000

2020

$000

Current 31,078 30,641

Non-current 280,557 280,431

311,635 311,072


18



Lease liabilities maturity analysis:


Group

2021

Minimum lease

payments


Interest


Present value

$000 $000 $000

Within one yea

r 41,674 10,599 31,075

One to five years 137,308 33,456 103,852

Beyond five years 210,064 33,356 176,708

Total 389,046 77,411 311,635



Group

2020

Minimum lease

payments


Interest


Present value

$000 $000 $000

Within one yea

r 41,449 10,808 30,641

One to five years 127,506 34,835 92,671

Beyond five years 227,222 39,462 187,760

Total 396,177 85,105 311,072


Lease related expenses included in the income statement:


Total cash outflow in relation to leases is $43.7 million (2020: $33.7 million).



INTANGIBLE ASSETS


(i) Goodwill

Goodwill represents the excess of the consideration transferred in an acquisition over the fair value of the

Group’s share of the net identifiable assets of the acquired business at the date of acquisition. Goodwill is

not amortised, but is tested for impairment annually or whenever events or changes in circumstances

indicate that it might be impaired, and is carried at cost less accumulated impairment losses. Goodwill is

allocated to cash-generating units for the purpose of impairment testing.


(ii) Brand names

Acquired brand names are recognised at cost, being their fair value at the date of acquisition if acquired in

a business combination. Brand names with indefinite useful lives are not subject to amortisation, but are

tested for impairment annually or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that they might be

impaired, and are carried at cost less amortisation and impairment losses. The useful lives and amortisation

methods are reviewed and adjusted, if appropriate, at each balance sheet date.


Brand names are allocated to cash-generating units for the purpose of impairment testing. The allocation is

made to those cash-generating units or groups of cash-generating units that are expected to benefit from the

brand names.



Group


Depreciation charge for right-of-use assets

2021


$000

2020


$000

Buildings

26,244 22,099

Motor vehicles 6,502 3,432

Equipment 2,402 2,878

35,148 28,409


Interest on leases 11,111 8,752


19


(iii) Computer software

External software costs, together with payroll and related costs for employees directly associated with the

development of software, are capitalised. Costs associated with upgrades and enhancements are capitalised

to the extent they result in additional functionality. Amortisation is charged on a straight-line basis over the

estimated useful life of the software which ranges between 3 and 10 years. Included in the cost of software

is work in progress of $1.4 million (2020: $2.8 million) for which amortisation has not commenced.

Software under development not yet available for use is tested annually for impairment.


(iv) Customer relationships


 Contractual

An intangible asset is recorded at fair value in respect of the amount of any contractual termination fees

payable by customers of businesses acquired in respect of their document holdings. As it is not known when

permanent retrieval fees may arise, this asset is only amortised upon the actual retrieval fee being charged

to the respective customer.


 Other

Non-contractual customer relationships acquired in a business combination are recognised at fair value at

the acquisition date. These customer relationships have an estimated finite useful life and are carried at cost

less accumulated amortisation. Amortisation is calculated using the straight-line method over the expected

useful life of the customer relationship which ranges between 10 and 20 years.


Group Goodwill


Brand

names



Software


Customer

relationships


Other Total

2021 $000 $000 $000 $000 $000 $000

Opening net book value

301,283 118,307 15,762 58,683 4,931 498,966

Additions - - 5,562 - 68 5,630

Acquisition through business

combinations


(6,120) 8,500 - 61 - 2,441

Transferred from property,

plant and equipmen

t

- - 1,115 - - 1,115

Amortisation expense

- - (4,887) (6,214) (1,438) (12,539)

Written-off - - (1,565) - - (1,565)

Exchange rate movement

342 62 6 38 7 455

Closing net book value 295,505 126,869 15,993 52,568 3,568 494,503


As at end of year

Cost

314,167 126,869 38,296 70,605 7,103 557,040

Accumulated amortisation

and impairmen

t

(18,662) - (22,303) (18,037) (3,535) (62,537)

Net book value 295,505 126,869 15,993 52,568 3,568 494,503



COVID-19 has resulted in the accelerated development and deployment of various new IT initiatives and strategies,

leading to the need to write-off certain previously capitalised software that is now considered obsolete.


20



Group Goodwill


Brand

names



Software


Customer

relationships


Other Total

2020 $000 $000 $000 $000 $000 $000

Opening net book value

212,737 113,932 17,797 17,477 3,209 365,152

Additions - - 4,937 - 173 5,110

Acquisition through business

combinations


91,475 5,500 37 44,009 1,900 142,921

Amortisation expense - - (3,705) (3,069) (408) (7,182)

Impairment loss (5,194) (1,581) (608) - - (7,383)

Written-off - - (2,739) - - (2,739)

Exchange rate movement

2,265 456 43 266 57 3,087

Closing net book value 301,283 118,307 15,762 58,683 4,931 498,966


As at end of year

Cost

319,945 118,307 35,419 70,480 7,024 551,175

Accumulated amortisation

and impairmen

t

(18,662) - (19,657) (11,797) (2,093) (52,209)

Net book value 301,283 118,307 15,762 58,683 4,931 498,966




Impairment tests for indefinite life intangible assets

Goodwill and brand names are allocated to those cash-generating units (CGU) or groups of CGU that are

expected to benefit from them. The carrying amount of intangible assets allocated by CGU or group of CGU is

outlined below:



Goodwill Brand names


2021

$000

2020

$000

2021


$000

2020

$000

Big Chill 77,635 83,755 14,000 5,500

Messenger Services

8,766 8,766 5,100 5,100

New Zealand Couriers 47,752 47,752 58,500 58,500

New Zealand Document Exchange 10,967 10,967 5,900 5,900

Dataprint 4,125 4,125 1,310 1,310

Post Haste, Castle Parcels and NOW Couriers 27,159 27,159 18,395 18,395

Total Express Package & Business Mail 176,404 182,524 103,205 94,705

The Information Management Group (New Zealand) 17,577 17,577 4,400 4,400

The Information Management Group (Australia)* 56,798 56,615 15,945 15,894

Shred-X* 44,727 44,567 3,319 3,308

Total Information Management 119,102 118,759 23,664 23,602

Total

295,506 301,283 126,869 118,307


* The increases in goodwill and brand names in The Information Management Group (Australia) and Shred-X

are due to foreign currency translation.


21



(i) Key assumptions used for value-in-use calculations


On an annual basis, the recoverable amount of goodwill and brand names is determined based on the greater of

value-in-use and fair value less costs of disposal calculations specific to the CGU associated with both goodwill

and brand names.


The value-in-use calculations use post-tax cash flow projections based on financial budgets prepared by

management and approved by the Board for the year ended 30 June 2022. Cash flows beyond June 2022 have

been extrapolated using growth rates which take into consideration current and forecast economic conditions

for the relevant products and industries. A probabilistic approach was also adopted where a number of different

growth scenarios were considered and weighted by likelihood of achievement. In addition, the sensitivity of the

main financial variables was tested and considered in the final estimation. No adjustments have been made to

forecast cash flows for the unknown impacts of future legislative changes in relation to climate change.


A 1% (2020: 1%) revenue growth rate, a consistent EBITDA margin assuming costs increase in line with

revenue and 1% (2020: 1%) terminal growth rate have been applied to the express package & business mail

businesses in the value-in-use calculation.


A 2% (2020: 2%) revenue growth rate, a consistent EBITDA margin assuming costs increase in line with

revenue and 2% (2020: 2%) terminal growth rate, reflecting both historical and expected growth, have been

applied to the value-in-use calculation for the information management segment with the same scenarios and

sensitivities applied as described in the Significant estimate – sensitivity to changes in assumptions section

below.


Post-tax discount rates, reflecting the current environment in financial markets and the countries each CGU

operates in, have been used. The CGU specific post-tax discount rates applied are:


Post-tax discount rate

2021 2020*

Big Chill 7.0% 6.6%

Messenger Services 7.5% 7.5%

New Zealand Couriers 7.5% 7.5%

New Zealand Document Exchange 11.4% 10.6%

Dataprint 11.4% 10.6%

Post Haste, Castle Parcels and NOW Couriers 7.5% 7.5%

The Information Management Group (New Zealand) 7.5% 7.5%

The Information Management Group (Australia) 6.9% 6.6%

Shred-X 6.9% 6.6%


* In the current financial year, the Group has moved from a Group post-tax discount rate to CGU specific post-

tax discount rates. The prior year disclosure has been updated for comparative purposes (the 2020 Group post-

tax discount rate disclosed was 7.5%). The change to prior period CGU specific rates did not result in an

impairment in the prior year.


(ii) Significant estimate - Sensitivity to changes in assumptions


From the value-in-use assessment for all CGU’s, other than TIMG AU, management believes that no reasonably

possible change in any of the above key assumptions would cause the carrying values of goodwill and brand

names to exceed their respective recoverable amounts.


22



The value-in-use analysis prepared for TIMG AU is based on the following key assumptions:

- 100% achievement of FY22 budgeted revenue;

- 2% Revenue growth per year (with a range of scenarios from -4% to 4% p.a considered);

- 2% terminal EBITA growth rate; and

- post-tax discount rate of 6.9%


The recoverable amount of TIMG AU would equal its carrying amount if any of the key assumptions were to

change as follows:


2021

From To

Achievement of FY22 budgeted revenue 100% 84%

Revenue growth per year 2% -3.1%

Terminal EBITA growth rate 2% 0.8%

Post-tax discount rate 6.9% 7.9%


In the prior year, the value-in-use analysis prepared for New Zealand Document Exchange (NZDX) was

sensitive to changes in key assumptions. For comparative purposes, the current year NZDX value-in-use

analysis shows the recoverable amounts of goodwill and brand names significantly exceed their carrying values.


The NZDX value-in-use analysis has been prepared based on the following key assumptions:

- 100% achievement of FY22 budgeted revenue;

- 1% Revenue growth per year (with a range of scenarios from -4% to 4% p.a considered);

- 1% terminal EBITA growth rate; and

- post-tax discount rate of 11.4%


The recoverable amount of NZDX would equal its carrying amount if any of the key assumptions were to change

as follows:


2021

From To

Achievement of FY22 budgeted revenue 100% 73%

Revenue growth per year 1% -9.1%

Terminal EBITA growth rate 1% -6.1%

Post-tax discount rate 11.4% 15.6%




23



BORROWINGS


(a) Secured borrowings

The bank borrowings security was changed to a negative pledge deed in March 2021 when the Group negotiated

an extension of its syndicated bank facilities. The negative pledge includes a provision restricting the Group

from granting security interests and a cross-guarantee of all relevant indebtedness by majority of the Company’s

subsidiaries (2020: secured by a charge over the assets of the majority of the Company’s New Zealand

subsidiaries in favour of its primary lenders and guarantees from the Company’s primary Australian

subsidiaries).


(b) Finance facilities

The following finance facilities existed at the reporting date:



Facilities denominated in Facilities denominated in


New Zealand Dollars Australian Dollars


2021 2020 2021 2020


$000 $000 $000 $000

Bank overdraft


- total bank overdraft facilities available 8,000 8,000 - -

- amount of overdraft facilities unused

8,000 8,000 - -


Loan facilities

- total loan facilities available 170,000 229,500 130,000 120,423

- maturing 30 April 2021 - 6,000 - -

- maturing 14 November 2021 - 20,000 - -

- maturing 14 May 2022 - 30,000 - -

- maturing 1 September 2022 - 37,000 - 21,173

- maturing 1 September 2023 - 56,500 - 49,250

- maturing 23 December 2023 - 70,000 - -

- maturing 15 March 2024 120,000 - - -

- maturing 23 December 2024 - - - 20,000

- maturing 15 March 2025 30,000 - 80,000 -

- maturing 11 July 2025 - - 20,000 20,000

- maturing 15 December 2026 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000

- maturing 19 March 2028 10,000 - 20,000 -

- amount of loan facilities used 71,000 114,710 85,500 99,923

- amount of loan facilities unused 99,000 114,790 44,500 20,500


Effective interest rate at 30 June as amended

for interest rate hedges



5.37%


5.44%


4.41%


4.55%


The fair values of borrowings are not materially different to their carrying amount, since the interest payable on

those borrowings is either close to market rate or the borrowings are of a short-term nature.


During March 2021, the Group negotiated an extension of its syndicated bank facilities. Multiple tranches of

New Zealand dollars (NZD) facilities totalling $213.5 million were merged into two facilities at reduced limits

of NZ$120 million maturing on 15 March 2024 and NZ$30 million maturing on 15 March 2025. The lower

limits reflect the expected needs of the Group and the fact that temporary facilities that had been set up at the

onset of the COVID-19 pandemic were no longer required. The three tranches of Australian dollars (AUD)

facilities totalling A$90.4 million were combined into one facility at a reduced limit of A$80 million maturing

on 15 March 2025. The refinancing resulted in the recognition of a modification loss of $0.9 million in the

income statement. In determining the modification loss to be recognised, the Group considered both qualitative

and quantitative factors in determining whether the refinancing represented a modification or extinguishment of

the previous facilities.


24


In March 2021, the Group entered into a new US$160 million uncommitted finance facility with a US-based

lender on the same terms as the syndicated bank facilities negotiated during March 2021. Of this facility, the

US dollar equivalent of NZ$20 million and A$50 million was drawn as at 30 June 2021. The drawn amounts

mature in July 2025, December 2026 and March 2028, as detailed in the maturity table above.


(c) Big Chill Distribution Limited CreditPlus Facility

The fleet financing facility with a $6 million limit operated by Big Chill Distribution Limited was repaid

progressively by March 2021 and was then cancelled.


Compliance with banking covenants

The Group was in compliance with all of its banking covenants throughout the year ended 30 June 2021. The

Group’s banking covenants forecast indicates that the Group will remain compliant with all of its banking

covenants in the next twelve months. The forecast includes a sensitivity analysis of a 20% decline in forecast

earnings before interest, income tax, depreciation and amortisation.




EARNINGS PER SHARE


Basic earnings per share

Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing the profit for the year attributable to shareholders by the

weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the year:

Group

2021 2020

Profit for the year attributable to shareholders ($000) 49,633 47,332

Weighted average number of ordinary shares (‘000) 165,502 157,952


Basic earnings per share (cents) 30.0 30.0


Diluted earnings per share

Diluted earnings per share is calculated by dividing the profit for the year attributable to shareholders by the

weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the year, adjusted to include all dilutive

potential ordinary shares (for example, partly-paid shares on issue) as if they had been converted to ordinary

shares at the beginning of the year:

Group

2021 2020

Profit for the year attributable to shareholders ($000) 49,633 47,332

Weighted average number of ordinary shares (‘000) 165,502 157,952

Effect of dilution (‘000) 509 264

Diluted weighted average number of ordinary shares (‘000) 166,011 158,216


Diluted earnings per share (cents) 29.9 29.9


Basic and diluted earnings per share calculated on the profit for the year attributable to shareholders, excluding

change in fair value of contingent consideration (Big Chill Distribution Limited) and other income and expenses,

net of tax, are 43.9 and 43.8 cents, respectively (2020: 35.5 and 35.4 cents, respectively).




NET TANGIBLE ASSETS PER SECURITY


Net tangible assets (liabilities) per security at 30 June 2021 was ($0.83) (2020: ($1.01)).



25



BUSINESS COMBINATIONS


Prior year acquisitions:


Big Chill Distribution Limited (“BCD”)


Effective 1 April 2020, the Group acquired 100% of BCD, a company operating in the New Zealand

temperature-controlled transport and facilities market, for an initial consideration of approximately $114.6

million and a future earn-out representing 20% of BCD Enterprise Value as at 30 June 2022. This acquired

subsidiary operates within the Group’s express package & business mail division.


Given the size of the transaction and proximity to the end of financial year, the Group had not yet finalised the

fair value assessment of the assets acquired, liabilities assumed and goodwill as at 30 June 2020. The Group

finalised its assessment during the year ended 30 June 2021 and revised the fair value of the assets acquired and

liabilities assumed.


The following table summarises the revised amounts determined for purchase consideration and the fair value

of assets acquired and liabilities assumed:


1 Apr 2020 &

30 Jun 2020


31 Dec 2020

Preliminary Adjustments Revised

Purchase consideration $000 $000 $000

Cash paid during the period 84,553 - 84,553

Issue of Freightways shares 30,000 - 30,000

Fair value of future earn-out paymen

t 27,193 - 27,193

Total purchase consideration 141,746 - 141,746


Fair value of assets and liabilities arising from the acquisition

Cash and cash equivalents 5,715 - 5,715

Trade and other receivables 11,706 - 11,706

Plant and equipmen

t 24,256 - 24,256

Righ

t-of-use assets 91,292 - 91,292

Net investment in sublease 4,506 - 4,506

Brand name 5,500 8,500 14,000

Customer relationships 40,900 - 40,900

Non-compete agreemen

t 1,900 - 1,900

Goodwill 83,755 (6,120) 77,635

Trade and other payables (12,802) - (12,802)

Borrowings (6,023) - (6,023)

Deferred tax liability (12,724) (2,380) (15,104)

Lease liabilities (96,235) - (96,235)

141,746 - 141,746


The fair value of the trade and other receivables acquired as part of the business combination amounted to $11.7

million. The gross contractual amount is $12.1 million, with a loss allowance of $0.4 million recognised on

acquisition.


The goodwill of $77.6 million arising upon this acquisition is attributable to the business know how and

premium paid for strategic reasons, including acquiring an entry point into the temperature-controlled transport

and facilities industry. None of the goodwill recognised is deductible for income tax purposes.


(a) Big Chill brand name

The fair value for the Big Chill brand name was provisional as at 30 June 2020, which has since been finalised

during the year ended 30 June 2021.


26



(b) Fair value of future final payment – 30 June 2020

The estimated discounted future final payment of $27.2 million payable in August 2022 was accrued for in the

financial statements but was contingent upon certain financial performance hurdles being achieved for the years

ended 30 June 2021 and 2022. The potential undiscounted amount of the future final payment that the Group

expected was between nil and $30 million. The Group forecasted several scenarios and probability-weighted

each to determine a fair value for this contingent payment arrangement.


(c) Fair value of future final payment – 30 June 2021


As at 30 June 2021 the estimated discounted future final payment was increased to $51.3 million ($52.6m

undiscounted), representing an increase of $23 million (net of impact of unwinding of discount on acquisition

earn-out liability of $1 million) which has been recognised in the income statement. The Group has forecast

several scenarios and probability-weighted each to determine an updated fair value for this contingent payment

arrangement. The liability is presented within trade and other payables in the balance sheet.


State Waste Services (SWS)


Effective 1 September 2017, the Group acquired the business and assets of SWS, an Australian-based medical

waste collection and destruction business, for an initial payment of approximately $6.5 million (A$5.9 million)

and a future maximum earn-out of up to $4.5 million (A$4.1 million). SWS was branded as Med-X and

integrated into the Group’s Shred-X business within the information management division.


As at 30 June 2021, based on the actual performance of the acquired business, management has confirmed that

no future earn-out payment will be due in September 2021 (2020: no accrual for this earn-out).




SIGNIFICANT EVENTS AFTER BALANCE DATE


Dividend declared

On 23 August 2021, the Directors declared a fully imputed final dividend of 18 cents per share (approximately

$29.8 million) in respect of the year ended 30 June 2021. The dividend will be paid on 1 October 2021. The

record date for determination of entitlements to the dividend is 17 September 2021.


COVID-19

Post year end, parts of Australia have seen increased restrictions because of a resumption of COVID-19 cases.

To date this has not had a material impact on the Group’s business activities.


On 18 August 2021, New Zealand entered an alert level 4 lockdown. Freightways is deemed to provide essential

services in New Zealand and have well established protocols to ensure that all staff and contractors can operate

safely under all alert levels; however, under alert level 4, activity levels are significantly impacted across all the

New Zealand businesses. Experience from the previous move from alert level 4 to alert level 3 showed that the

express package businesses should recover quickly and tend to experience a significant increase in volumes

stronger than expected under level 3.


Should the level 4 lockdown continue for an extended period we will continue to evaluate our cost base and

whether there is a need to apply for the government wage subsidy.


At the date of this report, there have been no other significant events subsequent to the reporting date.

---

Section 1: Issuer information
Name of issuer Freightways Limited

Financial product name/description Fully Paid Ordinary Shares

NZX ticker code FRE

ISIN (If unknown, check on NZX

website)

NZFREE0001S0

Type of distribution

(Please mark with an X in the

relevant box/es)

Full Year X Quarterly

Half Year Special

DRP applies

Record date 17 September 2021

Ex-Date (one business day before the

Record Date)

16 September 2021

Payment date (and allotment date for

DRP)

1 October 2021

Total monies associated with the

distribution

1


$29,797,000

Source of distribution (for example,

retained earnings)

Current earnings for the year ending 30 June 2021

Currency NZD

Section 2: Distribution amounts per financial product

Gross distribution

2

$0.25000000

Gross taxable amount

3

$0.25000000

Total cash distribution

4

$0.18000000

Excluded amount (applicable to listed

PIEs)

$-

Supplementary distribution amount $0.03176471

Section 3: Imputation credits and Resident Withholding Tax

5


Is the distribution imputed Fully imputed

If fully or partially imputed, please

state imputation rate as % applied

6


28%

Imputation tax credits per financial

product

$0.07000000


1

Continuous issuers should indicate that this is based on the number of units on issue at the date of the form

2

“Gross distribution” is the total cash distribution plus the amount of imputation credits, per financial product, before the deduction of

Resident Withholding Tax (RWT).

3

“Gross taxable amount” is the gross distribution minus any excluded income.

4

“Total cash distribution” is the cash distribution excluding imputation credits, per financial product, before the deduction of RWT.

This should include any excluded amounts, where applicable to listed PIEs.

5

The imputation credits plus the RWT amount is 33% of the gross taxable amount for the purposes of this form. If the distribution is

fully imputed the imputation credits will be 28% of the gross taxable amount with remaining 5% being RWT. This does not constitute

advice as to whether or not RWT needs to be withheld.


6

Calculated as (imputation credits/gross taxable amount) x 100. Fully imputed dividends will be 28% as a % rate applied.

Resident Withholding Tax per
financial product

$0.01250000

Section 4: Distribution re-investment plan (if applicable)

DRP % discount (if any)

N/A

Start date and end date for

determining market price for DRP

N/A N/A

Date strike price to be announced (if

not available at this time)

N/A


Specify source of financial products to

be issued under DRP programme

(new issue or to be bought on market)

N/A


DRP strike price per financial product

N/A


Last date to submit a participation

notice for this distribution in

accordance with DRP participation

terms

N/A


Section 5: Authority for this announcement

Name of person


authorised to make

this announcement

Stephan Deschamps


Contact person for this

announcement

Stephan Deschamps


Contact phone number

+64 27 562 5666


Contact email address

stephan.deschamps@freightways.co.nz


Date of release through MAP


23 August 2021

---

FY21 RESULTS
PRESENTATION

FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2021

23 AUGUST 2021

Mark Troughear | Chief Executive Officer

Stephan Deschamps| Chief Financial Officer

2

Mark Troughear
Chief Executive Officer

Stephan Deschamps

Chief Financial Officer

Neil Wilson

General Manager of

Freightways

Scott Hedgman

General Manager of Sales

Express Package

Steve Wells

General Manager of

Express Package

Mike Roberts

Chief Executive of

Big Chill Distribution

AGENDA

PRESENTERS

Introduction & HighlightsFinancial ResultsExpress PackageBig ChillInformation ManagementWaste RenewalThe Startery & Outlook

3

HIGHLIGHTS
OVERALL

Revenue growth of 27%


GAAP EBITA growth of 21.9% and NPAT growth of 4.6%

Adjusting for the accrual of the final Big Chill payment;

EBITA growth before other expenses of 33% (

i)


NPAT growth before other expenses of 30% (i)

EXPRESS PACKAGE

Growth in courier revenue of 16%


PFE reached $1.32 per item by

June, which delivered

improved B2C margin


Contractor earnings up 8%

for the year v the pcp


Growth in Big Chill transport and 3PL revenue of 14% (over their pcp) with pleasi

ng utilisation of facilities

and network resources

BUSINESS MAIL

Despite the overall market decline mail volumes within the DX network continue to grow

with an 11% increase since

2019

INFORMATION MANAGEMENT

Improved margins in AU after suffering a decline in activity levels due to Covid


Print and copy margins have improved steadily over the year


20% growth in Business Process Outsourcing (BPO) v pcp

WASTE RENEWAL

Secure Destruction has rebounded in NZ and is improving slowly in AU


Medical Waste achieved $16m in revenue in the year, up 57% on the pcp


Growth in other product renew

al represented $7.5m over

the year

NOTES

i.

Excluding $23m accrued for the final payment related to the acquisition of Big

Chill

4

FINANCIAL SUMMARY
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2021

Note

FY21

$m

FY20

$m

Change

%

Revenue

800.5

630.9

26.9

EBITA, before change in fair value of contingent consideration – Big Chill Distribution Limited (BCD) and ot

her income & expenses (non-GAAP)

i.

130.5

97.8

33.4

Change in fair value of contingent consideration – BCD

(23.0)

-

Other income & expenses

-(9.6)

EBITA

ii.

107.5

88.2

21.9

NPAT, before change in fair value of contingent consideration – BCD and other income & expenses (non-GAAP)

iii.

72.7

56.0

29.8

Change in fair value of contingent consideration – BCD

(23.0)

-

Other income & expenses, net of tax

-(8.6)

NPAT - GAAP

iv.

49.6

47.4

4.6

Basic EPS (cents) (before change in fair value of contingent consideration – BCD and other income & expenses)

43.9

35.5

23.7

NOTESi.

Operating profit before interest, tax

and amortisation, before change in fair val

ue of contingent cons

ideration – BCD and othe

r income & expenses.

ii.

Operating profit before interest, tax and amortisation.

iii.

Net profit after tax (NPAT), before change in fair value

of contingent consi

deration – BCD and other income & expenses.

iv.

Profit for the half year attributable to shareholders.

v.

GAAP – Generally Accepted Accounti

ng Principles (IFRS-compliant)

5

INCREASED ACCRUAL FOR THE FINAL PAYMENT
FOR BIG CHILL

CHANGE IN FAIR VALUE OF CONTINGENT CONSIDERATION

2021

The final payment for BCD, due in August 2022, will bebased on a multiple of the BCD FY22 EBITA;


A stronger than expected performance for the yearended 30 June 2021, combined with the expectationthat this performance will be maintained, hassubstantially increased th

e estimated discounted future

final payment from $27.2 million to $51.3 million;


This led to the recognition of a one-off expense of $23million (no tax applicable) in respect of a change in fairvalue of contingent consideration;


Generally Accepted Accounting Practice (GAAP)requires that this increase in final payment accrual beincluded in the income statement rather than adjustedagainst goodwill.

2020Other (income) expenses:

$000

Impairment of goodwill

5,194

Impairment of brand names

1,581

Impairment of intangible assets - software

608

Write-off of obsolete software

2,739

Acquisition advisory fee

981

Reversal of earn-out payables

(1,505)

Total net expense

9,598

6

FY21
$m

FY20

$m

Change

%

Express package & refrigerated transport

572.6

421.6

35.8

Postal

48.5

49.1

(1.3)

Storage & handling

60.7

60.3

0.7

Destruction activities

70.6

61.6

14.7

Other (i)

48.1

38.3

25.8

Total revenue

800.5

630.9

26.9

NOTESi.

Other includes Digital Services, Print & Copy and Cold Storage revenue

REVENUE SEGMENTATION

FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2021

7

FY21
$m

FY20

$m

Change

%

Operating Revenue

633.0

474.4

33.4

EBITDA

142.8

101.7*

40.4

EBITA

109.5

77.8*

40.8

EBITA Margin

17.3%

16.4%*

FY21

$m

FY20

$m

Change

%

Operating Revenue

170.7

158.7

7.5

EBITDA

50.8

47.1

8.1

EBITA

29.0

25.8

12.1

EBITA Margin

17.0%

16.3%

EXPRESS PACKAGE & BUSINESS MAIL

for the year ended 30 June 2021

INFORMATION MANAGEMENT

for the year ended 30 June 2021

NOTES

* EP&BM FY20 EBITDA, EBITA

and EBITA margin represent the oper

ating results of the division,

exclusive of other income and expense that are one-off in nat

ure. Refer to the

appendix for reconciliation to results that are in a

ccordance with Generally A

ccepted Accounting Practice.

8

BALANCE SHEET
CASHFLOW

KEY POINTS

Total assets has remained at similar levels to FY20.


Total liabilities decreased from FY20 by $31m, including:


$58m decrease in borrowing as a result of repayments frompositive cash flows from operations


$23m increase in payables in respect of change in fair valueof contingent consideration (increasing accrual for estimatedfuture Big Chill (BCD) final settlement payment)


Gearing as at 30 June 2021 is 30% (

excluding lease liabilities

related to NZ IFRS16) and 57% (including lease liabilitiesrelated to NZ IFRS16).

KEY POINTS

Cash generated from operations of $198m was $37m above the PCPdue to strong results compared to PCP and the inclusion of Big Chill(acquired on 1 April 2020).


Net cash inflows from operating activities (i.e. after deducting interestand tax payments) were $8m above the PCP. Income tax paid inFY21 is $26m higher than FY20 due to provisional tax funded throughtax financing in FY20 being paid in FY21.


Interest paid increased reflecting h

igher average debt level during this

year, following the BCD acquisition, compared to the PCP.


Cashflows from investing activities were down $110m on the PCP withno acquisitions made during the period.


The $115m increase in cash outflows from financing activitiescompared to the PCP reflects:


repayment of $59m of debt compared to drawdown of $46m in thePCP


$8m increase in lease payments, partly due to inclusion of BigChill


$23m decrease in proceeds from shares issued. Shares wereissued to partly fund the BCD acquisition in FY20 with nocorresponding share issue this year

Partially offset by

:


$22m decrease in dividend paid this year as no dividend was paidin October 2020

9

CAPITAL MANAGEMENT POLICY
Debt/EBITA

•ROIC Positive Investments•Higher Dividends•Capital Returns

LOW DEBT

•ROIC Positive Investments•Dividend of 75-80% of NPATA

PREFERED

GEARING RANGE

•Reduce Cash Dividend •Capex reduced to essential

capex

•Limited Investment•Capital Raise

HIGH DEBT

2%3%

CAPITAL MANAGEMENT PRINCIPLESTargeting solid Investment Grade credit profile, at a levelthat minimises the cost of capital. Range of Net Debt /EBITDA between 2x and 3x.

DIVIDEND POLICYDividend Policy aligned with Capital Management Policy, balancing a number of objectives:

The setting of the dividend is subordinated to the overall capital structure of FRE. When debt is considered high, the cash dividend will be reduced to allow for fast debt reduction;The dividend is set at a level that the Board expects to be sustainable in the medium termSubject to the first two principles, the Board will aim to pay 75% to 80% of the NPATA adjusted for significant one-offs

10

2021
Full Year Actual

$M

2022

Full Year Forecast

$M

Capital Expenditure

18

24 - 26

Depreciation and software amortisation

(including impact of NZ IFRS 16)

57

60

Depreciation and software amortisation

(excluding impact of NZ IFRS 16)

22

23

CAPITAL EXPENDITURE

FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2021

11

DIVIDEND
18 CPS

FINAL DIVIDEND

7.00 CPS (FULLY IMPUTED AT 28% TAX RATE)

IMPUTATION CREDITS

3.1765 CPS

SUPPLEMENTARY DIVIDEND

17 SEPTEMBER 2021

RECORD DATE

1 OCTOBER 2021

PAYMENT DATE

NOTESI.

The DRP will not be offered for this dividend.

12

A FAMILY OF BRANDSOur market leading brands combine density & shared infrastructure with specialist knowledge in each niche.We work across a range of activities, achieving high levels of quality and efficiency,We focus on adding value to how we pick-up, process and deliver. Our culture and commitment unifies our people. We draw on all of that to continue to evolve our businesses to meet the changing needs of our customers.
STRATEGY

13

STRATEGY
WHY WE DO THISBetter outcomes don’t just happen. It takes a conscious effort from our teamto move things forward for our customers, our team, our shareholders andour communities. Our “why” is

we move you to a better place

.

HOW WE WORKThree principles guide how our teams and our partners deliver;

We take ownership and re

sponsibility at every le

vel for what we do and

what we can improve.


We think commercially about the deals we make so that they makesense for our customers, our contractors, our business and ourshareholders.


We work as a family by supporting people, by prioritising their securitysafety and wellbeing and by doing everything we can to ensure they gethome safe each day.

We depend on our capabilities to deliver

what our customers

, investors and

communities expect. We’re efficient

. This critical capability enables us to

move around 100,000,000 items through our various networks every year.We are reliable - targeting flawless execution to shift items through multipletouchpoints in our networks every day. We act like an entrepreneur - werecognise and execute on high-value opportunities.WHAT WE DOFreightways is a business that is always on the move. We pick up andprocess physical and digital items reliability and efficiently for ourcustomers. We look to progress develop our people through careeropportunities. We increase returns for our investors. And we look to movethe dial for communities through the causes we support; and by reducingour emissions and employing or contracting local people.

14

23 AUGUST 2021
Scott Hedgman | Steve Wells

Express Package

EXPRESS PACKAGE

15

EXPRESS PACKAGE
B2C NETWORK ITEM GROWTH: FY21 V FY19

38%

52%

49%

36%

34%

38%

48%

25%

25%

37%

25%

28%

0%

10%20%30%40%50%60%

JUL

AUG

SEP

OCT

NOV

DEC

JAN

FEB

MAR

APR

MAY

JUN

16

EXPRESS PACKAGE
B2C PROPORTION OF TOTAL ITEMS – NETWORK COURIERS

14

%

20

%

17

%

PRE-LOCKDOWN

DURING LOCKDOWNS

NEW “NORMAL”

17

EXPRESS PACKAGE
PRICING FOR EFFORT – B2C PRICING PER ITEM

$0.71

$1.04

$1.32

JULY ‘20

JANUARY ‘21

JUNE ‘21

18

EXPRESS PACKAGE STRATEGY
PRICING FOR EFFORT – B2C

Pricing For Effort will be used to target those areas of ourbusiness where the price does not yet fully reflect the true costof performing the service.


Stage III of PFE for residential deliveries was launchedeffective February 2021 at an additional 50c per delivery to takeus to $1.32 by June.


We expect incremental improvement as we work throughindividual exceptions.

PRICING FOR EFFORT - LOCAL

Stage I of PFE for local deliveries was launched effective July2021 at an additional 25c per delivery.


Stage II of PFE for local deliveries is ongoing throughout FY22with a focus on lifting local rates further for those customers withhigher discounts.

PRICING FOR EFFORT – LARGER FREIGHT

PFE for larger courier items is in discovery phase and due forimplementation in July 2022.

19

ECOMMERCE
Our eCommerce proposition is founded on delivery performance, delivery choice and visibility for our clients and their customers


The key market focus for FY22 is SME eCommerce businesses. These customers are less price sensitive, deliver a higher yield, are loyal, have a good regional spread and have potential to grow with us


Plug in integrations for popular eCommerce platforms are being developed that will enable our SME customers to offer a streamlined checkout experience, delivery choices and visibility of items shipped from their web store


New customer facing systems are being launched to EP customers to improve customer experience by providing better visibility and improved freight management tools

EXPRESS PACKAGE STRATEGY

NOTES*

Freightways commissioned re

search – Kantar March 2021

Delivers your parcels when and how they say they will Doesn’t damage the parcels in transit Parcels are not lost or misdirected Free shipping Leaves the parcel where you request it be leftOffers accurate, up-to-date parcel status and tracking Live tracking of your delivery

The most important aspects

of parcel delivery are:

delivering as expected,

on time and undamaged. Cost and tracki

ng are also of high importance

.

2/3

Of consumers say they know which company deliveredtheir last item

44

%

Of consumers believe parcel delivery companies in New Zealand are different

35

%

Of consumers say that having the choice of deliverycompany is important to them

20

SERVICE
Independent transit testing will be conducted over the next 6 months to benchmark our service v our key competitors. Our latest transit testing and internal measurement have set positive benchmarks for FY22


New BI tools have been launched that allow us to measure performance at a micro and macro level. This information is provided in real time and allows us to shift focus quickly to areas where more support or resource is required to mitigate possible service degradation


Increasing courier contractor remuneration has materially improved courier retention - which has fed into service quality

EXPRESS PACKAGE STRATEGY

98

%

NEW ZEALAND COURIERS DELIVERED UNDER PRESSURE AT THE BUSIEST TIME OF THE YEAR; On time deliveryQuery-free deliveries Claim-free deliveries

98

.5%

99

.4%

99

.99%

21

CONTRACTOR STATUS
A Tripartite Working Group is considering options to better protect contractors. The group is due to report to the Minister at the end of 2021.


FRE have submitted the following recommendations;


Clear and transparent contracts,


Access to legal / accounting advice prior to signing,


Access to affordable mediation in the event of a dispute.


FRE courier incomes grew on average by 8% this year.


Increasing courier contractor remuneration continues to be a key focus for our business in FY22. Our Pricing For Effort strategy will underpin our ability to raise our courier earnings which in turn has a positive impact on the service we provide to our customers. We aim to increase courier earnings by 5-10% across the various brands this coming year.


The other benefits of being a contractor with FRE are;


The flexibility to take time off as they wish


The opportunity to use their asset to earn income


Tax deductibility of running your own business


A higher level of autonomy than being an employee

EXPRESS PACKAGE STRATEGY

EXAMPLE

AVERAGE NZC DRIVER

Average Gross Earnings

$120,000.00

Average Costs*

-$28,800.00

Average Net Pre Tax Earnings

$91,200.00

Weeks Per Year

52

Days Per Week

5.2

Hours Per Day

11

Hours Per Year

2974.4

Average Net Pay Per Hour

$30.66

Living Wage ( /Hr)

$22.75 (1/9/2021 effective date)

Premium To NZ Living Wage

34.8%

Minimum Wage

$20.00 (1/4/2021 effective date)

Premium To Minimum Wage

53.3%

*

 

includes

 

6

 

weeks

 

relief

 

driver

 

@

 

$23/hr and

 

all

 

costs

 

of

 

operating

 

an

 

average

 

NZC

 

run

22

EXPRESS PACKAGE
NETWORK COURIER REVENUE – 6 WEEKS TRADING

4.2

%

3.0

%

1.1

%

1.5

%

9.8

%

TRADING

REVENUE

PFE B2C

INCREASES

FY22 PRICE

INCREASES

SURCHARGES

PRE


COVID19

 

LEVEL

 

4

 

LOCKDOWN

18

 

AUGUST

 

2021

23

23 AUGUST 2021
Mike Roberts | Big Chill

BIG CHILL

DISTRIBUTION

24

CURRENT STATE
BCD operate in the NZ temperature-controlled transport and storage market providing;


Express Parcel delivery to: Foodservice providers, Supermarkets, Hospitality and Quick Service Restaurants


3PL services for a range of clients in Auckland


Full Truck Load services for a number of larger customers


We estimate the market for temperature-controlled delivery and storage is worth over $1billion;


BCD has around 11% of this market (across the 3 niches)


Market has a high level of fragmentation


Some customers (e.g. Foodstuffs) run their own network


BCD has achieved averaged growth of 10% per annum over the last 6 years. In FY21;


A new 3PL site provided 100+% growth


Transport revenue grew by 11%


BCD made additional investments in the network in FY21 by;


Expanding the Wellington facility by 100%


Expanding the Hastings depot by 25%

BACKGROUND

25

BCD STRATEGY
GOALTo maintain and grow our position as the supplier of choice for fresh and frozen food distribution across NZ.NETWORK• We will expand our facilities in Christchurch and Waikato/BOP

region to be able to cope with expected demand.

• Assess bolt-on acquisitions at the right time and the right price.3PL (2nd Horizon of Growth)• With the existing Auckland 3PL facility at 87% utilisation we will

assess the options for another purpose built facility to cater to express parcel distribution which can feed the BCD transport network.

• Such a facility would not come online until mid-2023.INTEGRATED EXPRESS PACKAGE DELIVERY (3RD Horizon of Growth)• We will continue to explore the opportunities for delivery in T/C

vans through the Express Package network for last mile and SME delivery points as a way of providing quicker and more cost efficient fulfilment.

26

INFORMATION
MANAGEMENT

23 AUGUST 2021

Neil Wilson | General Manager

27

INFORMATION MANAGEMENT STRATEGY
POSITIONING FOR DIGITAL GROWTH

A new 3PL service offering being trialled in NZ. A number of cornerstone customers already se

cured to assist scaling the new

business model.


The Startery has assisted by focu

ssing on customers with high unmet

needs targeting the growth E Commerce sector.


Over $15 million of BPO contracts already signed for roll out in FY22and FY23. Full pipeline of BPO opportunities :


Demand accelerated by Covid in some instances e.g. work fromhome solutions, NZ vaccination processing


Freightways IT infrastructure

is a competitive advantage with

meeting Cyber security requirements

=17

%

DIGITAL REVENUE

of Total TIMG Revenue

+20

%

GROWTH ON PRIOR YEAR

28

KEY STRATEGIES
Media and archive activity levels have been impacted by Covid, particularly in Australia. Pricing improvement has been implemented to protect margins.


Sales resources focused on new business in areas with warehouse capacity e.g. Auckland, Sydney and Perth.


Aiming to grow TIMG NZ revenues by introducing new recycling services to complement existing paper collections.


Continuing to focus on streamlining costs through efficiency and productivity gains in Australia.

TIMG AU Overhead Labour

As a % of revenue:

INFORMATION MANAGEMENT STRATEGY

29

WASTE RENEWAL
23 AUGUST 2021

Neil Wilson | Freightways

30

WASTE SECTOR GROWTH
POSITIONING FOR A SUSTAINABLE FUTURE

Medical

Waste

Paper

e-waste

Product

Destruction

Liquid

PaperBoard

Soft

Plastics

Food

Waste

Textiles

Current State

Future Strategy

INTEGRATED LOGISTICS COLLECTION SERVICE

AUTOMATED CUSTOMER REPORTING – TONNES DIVERTED, CO2, RENEWAL, PRODUCTS PROCESSED

RECYLING/ PRODUCT RENEWAL

31

•Fonterra•Frucor•Skycity•Freightways•Goodman Fielder•Nestle
FEED STOCK

SUPPLIERS

•Heat and pressure

PROCESSING

PLANT

TE RAPA

•Interior wall & ceiling•Rigid air Barrier•Exposed interior•Roofing substrate

LOW CARBON

BUILDING

MATERIAL

SAVEBOARD BUSINESS MODEL

SAVEBOARD PROGRESS TO DATE

Expected to be operational late 2021, first production line will divert 4,000 tonnes of waste from landfill.


New Zealand building code compliance achieved


Customer demand is high and Is supported by supply issues in building sector (over 50 pre-registered customers who will use).


Business model delivers strong commercial returns based on dual charging model.


Awarded a A$1.8m NSW Government grant and $1m set up funding from packaging suppliers

32

PURPOSE
To build meaningful new lines of business for FRE over a 5-year timeline.


Provides FRE businesses a structured process to test and incubate new ideas


Focus on Horizon 2 and 3 growth leveraging existing business capability


Incremental lean funding to manage risk and start-up complexity


Team of 8 covering Product Management, UX, Development, and Marketing

PIPELINE

32 ideas have been submitted to The Startery to date


18 have pitched for resource and funding


9 were accepted for investment


7 are currently being worked on


2 have progressed to revenue generating lines of business

MYCHECKS• Suite of privacy compliant background checks for employers and individuals• Leverages TIMG expertise delivering digital solutions to MoJ and NZ Govt• Launched Oct ’20, currently generating $16k/month in revenue• The product has a number of adjacent revenue opportunities across ANZ

33

OUTLOOK
23 AUGUST 2021

Mark Troughear | Chief Executive Officer

Stephan Deschamps | Chief Financial Officer

34


We were encouraged by revenue growth in ExpressPackage in the first 6 weeks of FY22.


Last week, New Zealand entered an alert level 4 lockdown,after similar decision in a number of Australian states. As aresult, we have immediately implemented our well-established processes to ensure that all staff andcontractors can operate safely.


Under alert level 4, activity leve

ls are significantly impacted

across all the New Zealand businesses. However,experience from the lockdowns

of last year suggests that:


As alert levels are lowered from 4 to 3 or below, theexpress package businesses should recover quicklyand tend to experience higher volumes thanpreviously expected,


IM will experience lower levels of activity until wereturn to level 2.


Should the level 4 lockdown continue for an extendedperiod we will continue to evaluate our cost base and otheroptions available to us.

OUTLOOK (1/2)

35


Whilst we are targeting revenue and earnings growth inFY22 from all of our business units we remain consciousthat even the best laid plans can be influenced by macrofactors that we are less able to control:


A tight labour market putting upward pressure onlabour costs,


Current and potential lockdowns in AU & NZ,


A constrained supply chain which could continue todisrupt the flow of goods coming in NZ andultimately impact the volumes we receive from ourcustomers.


We will continue to review the portfolio of services weprovide with a view to delivering superior long-term valueto shareholders through short, medium and long-terminitiatives.


The company will continue to consider acquisitionopportunities that are compl

ementary to our existing

operations and capabilities.

OUTLOOK (2/2)

36

CONCLUSION

FY21 was a record year for Freightways in terms of earnings, the contribution of acquisitions, the exploration of new services and growth of contractor incomes.


We are excited by the opportunities in front of all of our businesses in FY22 to continue to develop and where appropriate build a 2nd or 3rd horizon of growth over our core capabilities.

The Freightways Directors and Management team would like to thank all of our people across New Zealand and Australia for their contribution over the past year.

37

APPENDICES
23 AUGUST 2021

Mark Troughear | Chief Executive Officer

Stephan Deschamps | Chief Financial Officer

38

FREIGHTWAYS GROUP
FY21

$m

FY20

$m

Change

%

Operating Revenue

800.5

630.9

26.9

EBITDA (GAAP)

164.6

135.1

21.8

A

dd: Change in fair value of contingent consideration – Big Chill

Distribution Limited (BCD)

23.0

-

A

dd: Other expenses

-

9.6

EBITDA (before change in fair value of contingent consideration and other expenses)

187.6

144.7

29.6

Less: NZ IFRS16 adjustment

(42.2)

(33.7)

25.2

EBITDA (before NZ IFRS16, change in fair value of contingent consideration and other expenses) – non-GAAP

145.4

111.0

31.0

EBITA (GAAP)

107.5

88.2

21.9

A

dd: change in fair value of contingent consideration – BCD

23.0

-

A

dd: Other expenses

-

9.6

EBITA (before change in fair value of contingent consideration and other expenses)

130.6

97.8

33.5

Less: NZ IFRS16 adjustment

(7.0)

(5.3)

32.1

EBITA (before NZ IFRS16, change in fair value of contingent consideration and other expenses) – non-GAAP

123.6

92.5

33.6

NOTESGAAP – Generally Accepted Accounti

ng Principles (IFRS-compliant)

APPENDIX: RECONCILIATION OF GAAP TO PRE-NZ IFRS16 AND OTHER EXPENSES

for the year ended 30 June 2021

39

EXPRESS PACKAGE & BUSINESS MAIL
FY21

$m

FY20

$m

Change

%

Operating Revenue

633.0

474.4

33.4

EBITDA (GAAP)

142.8

98.3

45.3

A

dd: Other expenses

-

3.3

100

EBITDA (before other expenses)

142.8

101.6

40.6

Less: NZ IFRS16 adjustment

(24.6)

(16.1)

52.8

EBITDA (before NZ IFRS16 and other expenses) – non-GAAP

118.2

85.5

38.2

EBITA (GAAP)

109.5

74.4

47.2

A

dd: Other expenses

-

3.3

100

EBITA (before other expenses)

109.5

77.7

40.9

Less: NZ IFRS16 adjustment

(3.4)

(1.8)

88.9

EBITA (before NZ IFRS16 and other expenses) – non-GAAP

106.1

75.9

39.8

NOTESGAAP – Generally Accepted Accounti

ng Principles (IFRS-compliant)

APPENDIX: RECONCILIATION OF GAAP TO PRE-NZ IFRS16 AND OTHER EXPENSES

for the year ended 30 June 2021

40

NOTESGAAP – Generally Accepted Accounti
ng Principles (IFRS-compliant)

APPENDIX: RECONCILIATION OF GAAP TO PRE-NZ IFRS16 AND OTHER EXPENSES

for the year ended 30 June 2021

INFORMATION MANAGEMENT

FY21

$m

FY20

$m

Change

%

Operating Revenue

170.7

158.7

7.6

EBITDA (GAAP)

50.8

41.8

21.5

A

dd: Other expenses

-

5.3

100

EBITDA (before other expenses)

50.8

47.1

7.9

Less: NZ IFRS16 adjustment

(17.4)

(17.5)

(0.6)

EBITDA (before NZ IFRS16 and other expenses) – non-GAAP

33.4

29.6

12.8

EBITA (GAAP)

29.0

20.6

40.8

A

dd: Other expenses

-

5.3

100

EBITA (before other expenses)

29.0

25.9

12.0

Less: NZ IFRS16 adjustment

(3.6)

(3.4)

5.9

EBITA (before NZ IFRS16 and other expenses) – non-GAAP

25.4

22.5

12.9

41

DISCLAIMER
This presentation has been prepared by Freightwa

ys Limited ("Freightways") for information

purposes only. This presentation is not a product disclosure statement, prospectus orinvestment statement. Nothing in this presentation constitutes an invitation to subscribe forshares, securities or financial products in

Freightways. Nothing in this presentation

constitutes legal, accounting, financial or taxation advice or any other advice of anykind. Any investor should consult their own professional advisors and conduct their ownindependent investigation of Freightways and the information contained in this presentation,including any statements relating to the future performance of Freightways. The informationin this presentation is given in good faith and has been obtained from sources believed tobe reliable and accurate at the date of this presentation.Certain items of financial information included in this presentation are "non-GAAP" financialmeasures. These non-GAAP financial measures do not have a standardised meaningprescribed by New Zealand Accounting Standards and therefore may not be comparable tosimilarly named measures presented by other entities and should not be construed as analternative to other financial measures determined in accordance with New ZealandAccounting Standards. Freightways believes that these non-GAAP financial measuresprovide useful information in measuring the financial position and performance of theFreightways business.

However, undue reliance should not be placed on non-GAAP

financial measures included in this presentation.This presentation may include forward

-

looking statements regarding future events and the

future financial performance of Freightways. Such forward

-

looking statements are based on

current expectations and involve risks and uncertainties. Freightways cautions investors notto place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements, which reflect Freightways'views only as of the date of this presentation. Actual results may be materially differentfrom those stated in any forward

-

looking statements. Nothing contained in this document is

or should be relied on as a promise as to the future performance or condition of Freightwaysor as to any other future events. Except as required by law or the NZX Listing Rules,Freightways undertakes no obligation to update any forward

-

looking statements, whether as

a result of new information, future events or otherwise or to report against anyforward

-

looking statements. None of Freightways, their affiliates, or

their respective

advisers or representatives, give any warranty or representation as to the accuracy orcompleteness of the information contained in this presentation, and exclude their liability tothe maximum extent permitted by law.

42

43

---

Moving you
to a better place

ANNUAL REPORT

FINANCIAL YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2021

Freightways Limited and its subsidiaries

1
Freightways Limited and its subsidiaries |

Introduction

An eye on

our horizons

Our vision for Freightways sets

out three bold intentions for our

company. We’ll continue to look for

new ways to move and transform

things. We’ll keep finding ways

to improve. And our business

decisions will be governed by the

extent to which we believe they

can achieve the end goals our

stakeholders expect of us.

Freightways has always been an

entrepreneurial company. We’ve never been

afraid to be first to market and to step outside

traditional boundaries to do so.

We draw on our amazing teams to grow our

revenue and earnings from existing businesses

via organic growth, margin management and

efficiency gains. We invest in businesses where

our core capability to pick up, process and

deliver adds value. Our primary investments

are typically in synergistic and complementary

businesses with smaller cash injections for

embryonic opportunities.

Having a goal for everything we do and every

relationship we invest in adds purpose and

focus to how we do business. There’s always a

better place to move towards.

Annual Report | Financial Year ended 30 June 2021

3
Freightways Limited and its subsidiaries | Annual Report | Financial Year ended 30 June 2021

2

04 Highlights

06 Freightways' Growth Strategy

08 The Freightways' Family

10 Chairman and CEO’s Report

18 Spotlight on our Capabilities

34 Our People

36 Responsibility Framework

48 Community

50 TCFD

68 Board and Leadership

70 Directors’ Report

81 Financials and Notes

Contents

The topline of FY21. HighlightsOur organisational structure

0406

Living our purpose every dayPeople are at the heart of everything we do at Freightways

Non-financial criteria are front of mind in our decision making

and reporting

Supporting the communities in which we work

The leaders of our businessThe full financial story for an eventful year

36

18

68

48

34

81

Annual Report | Financial Year ended 30 June 2021
4 5

Freightways Limited and its subsidiaries |

Highlights

Parcel volumes,

courier incomes and

lines of business grew

The topline of FY 21

Financial

33.5

c

/ SHARE

Revenue grew

27

%

EBITA grew

33.5

%*

NPAT grew

29.7

%*

We were able to demonstrate the resilience of our business this year as

we dealt with the impact of COVID-19 and also explored new horizons.

Our courier businesses attracted more volume, and our information

management brands took the opportunity to introduce efficiencies that

increased their profitability. Our waste renewal business was affected

by lockdowns, particularly in Melbourne, but we still found inventive

ways to grow that part of the business.

8

%

Operational

Big Chill marks first anniversary

since acquisition in April 2020

Invested in SaveBoard as part

of exploring new horizons for

pick up, process and delivery of

high-value recyclables

Average remuneration for our

couriers improved by

Improved Net Promoter Scores

across our business

Developed a science-based target

for carbon reduction of 50% by 2035

70

%

Named one of the top 10 carbon

reducers by Toitū Environcare

On target to reduce fossil-based

virgin plastic use by

Reduced injuries from

despite a larger workforce

Total dividends paid this year:Volumes for B2B and B2C Express

Package deliveries were up

32

ideas assessed through

The Startery, our product

development hub

Pricing for Effort (PFE) finished the

year at

up from

$0.71

last year

$

1.32

* Before change in fair value of contingent consideration for Big Chill and other income and expenses

252


240

Environmental

Take
ownership

Think

commercially

Work as

a family

Strive for

efficiency

Deliver

reliably

Love our

customers

Act like an

entrepreneur

Express

Package

Business

Mail

Information

Management

Waste

Renewal

“We move you

to a better place”

Pick up, Process and Deliver

What we do

Our capabilities

Our principles

Our vision

Annual Report | Financial Year ended 30 June 2021

6 7

Freightways Limited and its subsidiaries |

The Freightways

strategy

Our purpose:

What we do

Freightways is a business that is always on the move. Across

the Group, we pick up and process physical and digital items

with a view to delivering them reliably and efficiently for our

customers. We look to develop our people through career

opportunities. We seek appropriate and sustainable returns

for our investors. And we look to move the dial for communities

through the causes we support; by reducing our emissions and

employing or contracting local people.

Our principles & capabilities:

How we work

Three principles guide how our teams and our partners deliver.

• We take ownership and responsibility at every level for

what we do and what we can improve.

• We think commercially about the deals we make so that

they make sense for our customers, our contractors, our

business and our shareholders.

• We work as a family by supporting people, by prioritising

their safety and wellbeing and by doing everything we can

to ensure they get home safe each day.

We depend on our capabilities to deliver what our customers,

investors and communities expect. We’re efficient. This critical

capability enables us to move around 100,000,000 items

through our various businesses every year. We are reliable. We

target flawless execution which enables us to shift multiple

items through multiple touchpoints in our network, across two

nations, every day. We act like entrepreneurs. We recognise and

execute on high-value opportunities. We always look forward

and up.

Our strategy on a page

Freightways Growth Strategy

Stakeholders:

Our customers

Our team

Our shareholders

Our communities

Our vision:

Why we do this

Better outcomes won’t just happen. It takes a conscious effort

from our team to move things forward for our customers, our

team, our shareholders and our communities. Our “why” is to

move you to a better place.

P
i

c

k


-

u

p


D

e

l

i

v

e

r

P

r

o

c

e

s

s

I

n

f

o

r

m

a

t

i

o

n


M

a

n

a

g

e

m

e

n

t

W

a

s

t

e


R

e

n

e

w

a

l

B

u

s

i

n

e

s

s


M

a

i

l

E

x

p

r

e

s

s


P

a

c

k

a

g

e

Annual Report | Financial Year ended 30 June 2021

8 9

Freightways Limited and its subsidiaries |

A family

of brands

Our organisational diagram

Our market-leading brands

combine shared infrastructure

with specialist knowledge in each

niche. We work across a range of

business sectors, achieving high

levels of quality and efficiency,

through our focus on adding value

to how we pick-up, process and

deliver. Our strong culture and

commitment unifies our people

and feeds our deep team spirit.

We draw on all of that to continue

to evolve our businesses to meet

the changing needs of

our customers.

Express Package

Our multi-brand strategy in the New Zealand courier market

caters to a range of customer needs and delivery timeframes.

All share branch networks, air and road linehaul, and IT. These

brands include New Zealand Couriers, Post Haste, Castle

Parcels, NOW Couriers, SUB60, Security Express, Kiwi Express,

Stuck, Pass the Parcel and Big Chill Distribution. We also

offer airfreight capability for our overnight Express Package

delivery service through our joint venture airline, Parcelair,

and our linehaul partner, Parceline. This year we continued to

implement our Pricing For Effort approach.

Business Mail

DX Mail is New Zealand’s only dedicated Business Mail

specialist; offering time-sensitive physical postal services

from both door-to-door and box-to-box.

Dataprint offers mailhouse-print services and digital mail

presentation platforms across New Zealand. Our technology

and solutions transform data into effective communications

for customers.

Information Management

The Information Management Group (TIMG) helps businesses

protect and add value to the data they entrust us with. It offers

physical storage and information management services, as well

as digital information processing services such as digitalisation,

business process outsourcing, online back-up and eDiscovery

services. This year we increased the utilisation of our storage

facilities by leasing out spaces for 3PL and other uses.

Waste Renewal

Shred-X offers document destruction, eDestruction and product

destruction services. We also provide medical waste collection

and processing services under the Med-X brand. This year we

continued to find new ways to transform what would once have

been waste into new products.

Freightways Family

$
16m

Med-X turnover in 2021,

up from $3m in 2017

Annual Report | Financial Year ended 30 June 2021

10 11

Freightways Limited and its subsidiaries |

Full year review

"If last year was about resolving

the many and varied challenges

posed by COVID-19, this year

focused on moving forward.

There were still lockdowns and

other issues to deal with, but

our teams continued to bring a

problem-solving attitude to day-

to-day operations that saw us

manage these issues and focus on

implementing our strategy.

By further advancing Pricing

For Effort for our courier brands,

seeking efficiency opportunities

in information management,

integrating innovation into our

workstreams and growing our

waste renewal business, we

demonstrated that Freightways

has a powerful ability to

profitably pick-up, process and

deliver for customers at the same

time as it develops new services."

An updated purpose – We move you to a better place – articulates

our approach. As a group of businesses, we are motivated

by progress. Whether we are shifting physical and digital items

for our customers, helping our people further their careers,

increasing returns for our investors or moving the dial for

communities, our focus is firmly on what’s ahead.

This year, we continued to set new expectations for our

customers, and to lift income and drive levels of career

aspirations for our people. We delivered healthy returns

for our investors, and made plans to continue to reduce our

emissions. In FY21, we worked hard to further reduce the

number of injuries across a workforce that grew by around 350

people through the acquisition of Big Chill. We did all of that

by encouraging everyone who works here to take individual

responsibility for making things better and rewarding them for

that, by doing deals that make sense, by thinking commercially,

and by working as a family that cares for each other and

supports safety, security and wellbeing within our businesses.

We marked a year of owning Big Chill, and we are very happy

with its progress. They are a clear example of a strongly

positioned business which is focussed on meeting the needs

of their customers, exploring new ways to generate value

and improve earnings. At acquisition, Big Chill were a quality,

temperature-controlled, express business. Since then,

they have broadened activities to include coolstore-3PL

capabilities and we have plans for this to continue as they add

new value-adding services in the years ahead.

Big Chill’s progress is echoed across the Group. Our Express

Package brands such as New Zealand Couriers and Post Haste

have evolved from being leading business-to-business couriers,

to brands that now include profitable business-to-consumer

deliveries. Our Shred-X business is shifting from document

destruction to waste renewal by taking on high-value recycling

opportunities. Messenger Services are moving from a pure play

point-to-point service to one that builds deeper relationships

through dedicated services.

We move you to a better place reflects an entrepreneurial

mindset that builds on our relationships and keeps providing

existing and new customers with complementary services.

This year, it’s seen us achieve important market share gains

A focus on

progress

Chairman & CEO's Report

in our courier and waste businesses. Coupled with service

standards that we believe are superior to those of any of our

competitors, our businesses have enjoyed both organic growth

and market share gains.

That positive mindset has also been at play in other parts

of the business. Our information management business in

Australia has achieved a solid turnaround, despite ongoing

lockdowns. It has improved profitability by focusing on

greater efficiencies.

The growth in medical waste in Australia is a great example

of growth through innovation. When we bought Med-X four

years ago, it had $3 million in turnover. It now generates $16

million in revenue. There are success stories like this right

across Freightways.

Looking ahead, we see opportunities for growth across our

courier businesses as ecommerce continues to grow. The

emergence of new consumer trends, such as people wanting

more direct access to fresh food, are a part of this.

There’s plenty of upside, too, in waste renewal. Beyond

document destruction and medical waste, we’re already

making good gains in collecting materials to divert them from

landfill. SaveBoard is a great example of how waste materials

can be transformed with the right technology, coupled with

our ability to pick up and deliver the feedstock through our

customer reach.

Mark Troughear

Chief Executive Officer

Mark Verbiest

Chairman

13
Freightways Limited and its subsidiaries | Annual Report | Financial Year ended 30 June 2021

12

Full year review

A radical shift pays off

for everyone

Our Pricing for Effort (PFE) initiative

continues to build value for our

contractors by better remunerating them

for the effort required in completing

residential deliveries. Last year we

achieved a PFE rate of 73 cents per

item. This year we lifted that to $1.32 per

item. Couple that gain with increases in

volumes and PFE has made a noticeable

difference for our people. This year,

average remuneration for our couriers

improved by 8%. In particular, our

residential contractors have experienced

a healthy increase in earnings.

Just as importantly, we’ve seen a 10%

reduction in turnover in our courier

fleet. By retaining more experienced

couriers, it means better experiences for

our customers. We have an increased

number of applicants applying to join our

fleets and our people feel more valued,

so they are more productive and more

commercially minded. As a result, we’ve

come through a challenging time with a

growing team and increased business.

Our goal now is to continue tackling

PFE opportunities to keep improving

contractor and company earnings.

Residential deliveries are just one of a

range of categories that are yet to be

priced properly. There’s no doubt in our

minds, for example, that local pricing

also needs to move to a better place.

Customers are essentially paying the

same rate for local delivery that they

were paying 25 years ago. In that time,

our cities have become much more

congested and difficult to move around

in. Our efforts to help resolve this have

so far been absorbed by our brands.

We’ve had to invest in satellite depots, for

example, to try and keep inefficiencies

for our couriers to a minimum. At some

point, we need to step up, challenge the

industry again and update pricing to

reflect the true effort now required.

Future-proofing our

business

Last year we released our first ever

Sustainability Report. This year we have

developed a science-based target for

emissions reduction which will see us

targeting a 50% drop in emissions by

2035. We will maintain a modern fleet

and transition to EVs and alternative fuels

as they and the networks that support

them become available. We have also

actively pursued plastic recycling to

reduce waste from our own operations

and we are targeting a 70% reduction in

the use of plastic packaging.

In 2020, we established an innovation

hub, The Startery, to help us

commercialise ideas generated

alongside our business-as-usual

activities. The 30 ideas generated so far

are an encouraging sign of the Group’s

ability to recognise and act on initiatives

that could shape our future.

Chairman & CEO's Report

"We've come through

a challenging time

with a more engaged

team and increased

business."

Mark Verbiest

Chairman

10

%

reduction in turnover in our

courier team in FY21 v FY20

$

1.32

per item via our

FY21 PFE initiative

Targeting a

50

%

drop in carbon

emissions by 2035

8

%

increase in earnings for

contractors in FY21 v FY20

Key figures:

Annual Report | Financial Year ended 30 June 2021
14 15

Freightways Limited and its subsidiaries |

Our businesses continued to tackle and

adapt to different challenges throughout

the year. Here are some of the highlights:

Express Package

• Growth was healthy overall, with

important gains in market share as a

result of customer acquisition and new

customers coming into the market.

Growth was also experienced across

both B2B and B2C deliveries – in fact,

volumes through most of the year

were consistently higher than the

previous year.

• Big Chill revenues were up 14%

aided by the opening of a new

temperature-controlled third-party

logistics (3PL) warehouse and market

share gains. This delivered improved

utilisation and therefore stronger

margins, a healthy improvement

that backs up our confidence in the

company’s potential.

• NOW Couriers' volumes continued

to increase on the back of their

same-day guaranteed Auckland

delivery promise.

• Our international air freight service

to NSW and Victoria, Australia,

finished in November 2020 and

earned us $8.8 million in revenue.

The Year Ahead

• We will continue to aim for

increased penetration into

attractive market niches.

Full year review

Business unit

performances

Chairman & CEO's Report

• We will implement further rollout

of our customer-facing technology.

• The success of Big Chill’s 3PL

initiatives has given us confidence

that there is ample potential for

expansion for this part of its business.

We will continue to grow this

capability.

• The Startery is exploring a range of

future opportunities for our Express

Package business.

Business Mail

• Volumes recovered post-lockdowns

to the point where they were similar

to the previous year. This was

particularly pleasing in the face of the

market declining around 15% overall.

• We are continuing to refine our

DX Mail network to make it as

efficient as possible.

The Year Ahead

• Dataprint will roll out their

digital services.

• DX Mail will continue to explore

further efficiency initiatives.

We remain confident that

New Zealanders are looking for a

business mail delivery service with

high levels of reliability and quality,

and we will continue to look for ways

to deliver that proposition.

Information Management

in Australia

• Understandably, there was not a lot

of growth this year due to lockdowns.

However, by finding new ways of

working and taking cost out of the

Australian business – as well as

seeking new revenue opportunities –

we were able to improve profitability.

• We continue to see opportunities

to optimise the cost base for

this business.

The Year Ahead

• We are pursuing opportunities

to use our storage facilities for

complementary services.

• The Startery has identified a number

of opportunities that could expand


our Information Management offering

which are getting closer to being

released to the market.

Waste Renewal

(previously called Secure

Destruction)

• A bounce back in New Zealand after

lockdowns saw our volumes return to

2019 levels.

• In Australia, business was still

impacted by lockdowns in Sydney and

Melbourne, but elsewhere returned

to levels experienced in 2019.

• Medical waste in Victoria continued

to grow in terms of both volume

and revenue.

• Volumes of other high-value

recyclables such as electronic

destruction (computers, hard drives)

have increased.

• We are dealing with higher volumes

of other recyclable commodities

including coffee cups.

The Year Ahead

• We expect collection and

processing of medical waste

to continue growing.

• We have invested in the SaveBoard

business and we look forward to

seeing this launch and expand in 2022.

• We are increasingly involved with

collecting other higher value

commodities, such as textiles

and plastics.

Annual Report | Financial Year ended 30 June 2021
16 17

Freightways Limited and its subsidiaries |

Full year review

Balance sheet

strength

This year, we developed a new policy to

guide our capital management and give

investors improved guidance on what to

expect from us.

We are committed to maintaining a strong credit profile that

supports our growth strategy. Following the acquisition of Big

Chill, and the additional debt raised to fund it, we have used

healthy cash flow generation to return our balance sheet to a

stronger position.

As part of the policy, we have set our key metric for capital

management at 2x to 3x Debt/EBITDA. If we make a significant

investment, investors should expect the business to focus on

cashflow generation to reduce debt. That has been the case this

year. With the metric restored, the business will resume looking

for acquisitive opportunities.

The current dividend policy of 75% to 80% of NPATA, adjusted for

significant one-offs, is well understood and is set at a level that

the Board expects to be sustainable in the medium term. This

will be managed in line with our ambition to maintain a strong

investment grade profile.

Last year, the Board chose not to declare a final dividend

for FY20 given the uncertainty in both the New Zealand and

Australian markets. This year, the Board has agreed a return to

the payment of a full year dividend. We are pleased to declare a

full year dividend of 18 cents per share.

Chairman & CEO's Report

"With the metric of 2x to 3x

Debt/ EBITDA restored, the

business will resume looking

for acquisitive opportunities."

Outlook

FY

22

We've had a record year in terms of earnings

and performances across the business,

which mirrors the huge effort put in by our

teams of people.

What we have seen over the last year, however, is that even the

best laid plans can be influenced by economic conditions and

lockdowns. On that basis, we are not resting on our laurels.

We will continue to focus on improving our margins, particularly

in Australia, and continue to build momentum and profitability in

our New Zealand brands. We are conscious of the following macro

factors: the tight labour market which is pushing labour costs

higher; a heavily constrained supply chain which could hamper

the flow of products coming into the country for our couriers to

deliver; and any future lockdowns in Australia or New Zealand.

In keeping with our undertaking from last year, we will

react decisively to any change in volumes while maintaining

the service, safety and environmental standards that our

customers, investors and other stakeholders expect. That

means we will adjust our cost base to protect our margins.

We will also prioritise the best strategies to deliver value to

shareholders over the long term.

Last week, New Zealand entered an alert level 4 lockdown. As a

result, we have immediately implemented our well-established

processes to ensure that all staff and contractors can operate

safely. Under alert level 4, activity levels are significantly

impacted across all the New Zealand businesses. However,

experience from the lockdowns of last year suggests that as

soon as alert levels are lowered from alert level 4 to alert level

3 or below, the express package businesses should recover

quickly and tend to experience higher volumes than previously

expected. Should the level 4 lockdown continue for an extended

period we will continue to evaluate our cost base and other

options available to us.

In 2021, we welcomed Mark Cairns and Fiona Oliver to the

Board and bid farewell to Andrea Staines. Our thanks to Andrea

for her time with us, and to all directors for their expertise

and guidance this year. We would again like to acknowledge

the efforts of all our teams and to thank our shareholders for

sharing this journey with us and for your continuing support.

$

24 –

$

26M

capital expenditure

forecast for FY22

75-80

%

of NPATA

Our dividend policy:

Mark Verbiest

Chairman

Mark Troughear

Chief Executive Officer

19
Freightways Limited and its subsidiaries | Annual Report | Financial Year ended 30 June 2021

18

Act like an

entrepreneur

Capability 1

Spotlight on our Capabilities

Having the foresight to seize

opportunities others haven’t seen

yet has always been a hallmark of

the Freightways mindset. Recently,

the Group has started applying

that thinking to an area that we call

Horizon Three opportunities.

Taking an ambitious approach

to new product lines has seen

us establish our own product

development hub – The Startery –

and push further into applying our

three-horizons model to see where

business ideas could go.

SaveBoard

SaveBoard is an example of a product

created from what would once have

been considered waste. The technology,

which already operates in the United

States, takes Tetra Pak packaging

(liquid paperboard) and applies heat and

pressure to transform it into a building

product. The raw material was once

something that would simply have been

thrown away.

Now we are investing in processing it

into a value-added product, through a

new venture that is very much aligned

with the circular and sustainable

economies. We are also exploring

the much bigger Australian market.

We have real confidence that this will

be a profitable business, given the

demand we have already seen due to

the shortage of building products and

a need for sustainable options in the

construction industry.

Of course, Tetra Pak is not the only

product that Freightways collects.

We also collect coffee cups, grounds,

textiles, electronic waste and other

complementary waste streams. So if

SaveBoard goes as we expect, that

will raise possibilities for us to adapt

the many other waste streams we work

with and look at building processing

capability around them.

Not Wasted

The Startery has produced its own

successes. Not Wasted is a service

that lets people sort their own waste

in less time than it takes to make a

coffee. The business, which offers

secure document destruction and

recycling and cardboard recycling,

left The Startery a year ago and is now

run by The Information Management

Group (TIMG).

My Checks

Another company still inside

The Startery is My Checks. It was

launched in March 2020 and since

October has steadily grown and

exceeded expectations. My Checks

operates in the privacy space, offering

background checking for recruitment

companies so that they can check

potential clients without having to

import and store sensitive data. My

Checks has already passed three formal

rounds of funding, and will remain in

The Startery for a few more months.

In this case, we used our knowledge of

picking up, processing and delivering

data to develop a privacy solution to help

companies establish who they hire.

Shred-X

Another example of a company that has

profited directly from an entrepreneurial

approach is Shred-X. It’s a living example


of our three horizons approach, having

begun life as a pure paper recycling

company before developing a medical

waste business. Now Shred-X is a leading

light for waste renewal in Australia.

Extracting Value

We believe the key to successfully acting

as an entrepreneur is not only seeing

the potential underserved needs in the

market. It's also being able to extract

new value and new products from

processes and services that would

otherwise have a single or limited use.

Our people are highly skilled at what they

do. An entrepreneurial approach builds

on that, but also extends it, encouraging

them to recognise shortages and

pinch points, and then find and define

opportunities to solve those issues that

we can then go on to apply elsewhere.

Annual Report | Financial Year ended 30 June 2021
20 21

Freightways Limited and its subsidiaries |

Start anew

Act like an entrepreneur case study

The Startery came about because

we recognised two things. That our

business must continue to evolve

and that we must make best use of

the opportunities we generate. And

that starting new business ventures

is difficult, especially when

everyone is busy with the work

they already have.

The Startery has at its core the idea of building meaningful

businesses over a 10-year timeframe: Create – where we

establish $1 million product lines within a two-year timeframe;

Scale – where we scale those ideas to $10 million over the next

three years; and Build – where we expand those businesses out

to substantial enterprises over another five years.

The Startery helps our companies get new ideas off the ground

without impacting existing operations. It works with them in

that initial Create stage to test and scale new ideas through

access to funding and specific skills in product development,

technology, design and marketing.

The key to doing this effectively is having a repeatable process

to test ideas for scale and profitability, and a lean approach to

funding where we look at a large number of smaller projects

quickly rather than a handful of large ventures. Alongside these

ideas, we are developing skills across the Group to ensure all

projects are robustly supported. The goal is to ensure that we

are committing resources into projects that are the most likely

to contribute to our overall profitability.

A key focus of The Startery is finding the right balance between

investment and risk. We’ve specifically developed the business

creation process at The Startery to help ensure that the more

we invest into a venture, the lower the business risk we are

carrying. To ensure that happens, every project goes through

seven stages and four broad developments in its time in

The Startery.

Each project starts as an idea, where the problem is defined,

a solution identified, the market opportunity quantified and a

pitch deck prepared. This is the conceptual stage where we

focus on the problem that we’re solving and the potential size

of the prize.

From there, the idea enters desirability testing, where it is tested

with customers, prototypes are developed and financial modelling

enables us to evaluate things like the path to profitability.

Product testing takes place over two stages, where a minimum

viable product is built and tested through two iterations. From

this we look to establish a clear scaling strategy and a sales and

marketing programme.

The final two stages focus on scale and revenue, with product

development, scaling implementation and a plan for integration

with the current business.

So far, we have generated more than 30 ideas – 18 of which

made it to the point where they were ready for pitch. Nine of

those have since been accepted for investment. Of those nine,

seven are currently under development within The Startery: five

are in desirability testing, one is in product testing, and two have

been stood up as a business.

We look forward to introducing new ideas into The Startery

over the next year and progressing those projects that have

passed muster. Part of acting like an entrepreneur is generating

opportunities that enable us to have choices – and striking

the right balance between those areas where we are already

established, as well as new opportunities that emerge from

what we currently do.

Spotlight on our Capabilities

Our three-horizon strategy,

built into a 10-year timeframe:

Create

We establish $1 million

revenue lines within a

2-year timeframe

Scale

We scale those businesses

to $10 million per annum

over the next 3 years

Build

Expand the businesses out

to substantial enterprises

over another 5 years

23
Freightways Limited and its subsidiaries | Annual Report | Financial Year ended 30 June 2021

22

Strive for

efficiency

Capability 2

Spotlight on our Capabilities

Freightways operates in a number of sectors where the rapid movement

of high volumes of items requires an acute focus on efficiency as well

as accuracy.

To overcome this, we consistently

examine our processes to see how,

where and when we could make changes

to what we do to become more efficient.

Sometimes that’s about setting new

expectations for how we do business;

sometimes it’s about redesigning

our processes to reduce handling or

duplication of effort.

Parceline is our internal linehaul

business. It moves consolidated

containers (TCPs) of freight between

cities and to and from airports. It has

the goal of operating not only accurately

and to a schedule – which can often be

challenged by weather and traffic events

beyond its control – but also efficiently to

give our retail courier brands the most

competitive backbone from which to cost

their activities.

Over the past year, Parceline has

developed and deployed a unique

utilisation app that allows us to measure

exactly how our trucks are being used

on every route. It gives us a detailed

understanding of on-time performance,

what’s being loaded onto our trucks and

utilisation levels of each vehicle. The app

also enables us to see those routes that

are being most used and those that are

not, so that we can target customers

to make better use of journeys that are

available. We’ve done this in analogue

for years, but we can now be much more

confident about available routes, costs

to run a truck, costs per kg and per item

and so much more.

Utilisation on back loads has been an

efficiency issue for a long time. The app

gives the business visibility of where

we have back load space available and

when, so that we can find a customer to

suit that availability.

In Australia, TIMG have large warehouses

that are used to store document

archives. The challenge in this industry is

to reach high levels of warehouse

utilisation to generate returns on the

investment made in setting up and

leasing these warehouses.

Unused space creates an opportunity

for us to work with 3PL companies

to literally fill that gap. In Sydney, this

strategy is delivering us an immediate

yield on what would otherwise just be

empty warehouse space. We charge for

monthly storage and activity.

In New Zealand, we’ve also turned our

attention to how we could use spare

warehousing resources to fuel our

core business in specific sectors like

eCommerce. Smaller on and off-shore

companies that don’t have their own

storage facilities and yet want to be able

to economically fulfil in the New Zealand

market can use TIMG as a dropship

storage facility to do just that.

Annual Report | Financial Year ended 30 June 2021
24 25

Freightways Limited and its subsidiaries |

Spotlight on our Capabilities

Once binned,

now board

Strive for efficiency case study

SaveBoard is a new venture backed

by Freightways, Tetra Pak and

circular economy organisation,

Closed Loop, that will see the

houses of the future made from

building materials upcycled from

waste such as beverage cartons,

soft plastics and coffee cups.

Right now, around 250,000 tonnes of plastic and packaging

waste is sent to landfill every year in New Zealand. The new

partnership will create a stable domestic market for products

such as food packaging, coffee cups, fast food wrappers, used

beverage cartons, soft plastics and coffee cups; and through the

process, efficiently limit the volume of waste going to landfill.

SaveBoard will turn these materials into an impact-resistant

board with similar performance to plywood, OSB and

particleboard; so that it can be used for interior and exterior

applications. The board can be manufactured to look like

traditional building board products or, in the true spirit of the

circular economy, it can feature colourful patterns created

from the packaging designs. Already used in the US for roofing,

mainly in the hurricane and cyclone belts, SaveBoard is a true

substitute to wallboard for lining houses because of its better

permeability rating (retains heat and reduces noise) and the

fact that it’s 100% recyclable.

For us, SaveBoard is an opportunity to efficiently use our

resources and our network to fully realise a commitment to

circular waste solutions with minimal carbon kilometres all

while providing a new strategic growth category. This is an

end-product solution that stems from our expertise in pick-up,

process and delivery, so it fits well with our core capabilities.

By striving for efficiencies in processing what we collect, and

combining our capabilities with those of a food processing and

packaging solutions company and a circular economy pioneer,

we will soon be able to provide a brand-new sustainable product

to one of New Zealand’s largest industries.

The product is made with zero water, zero glues, zero chemicals

and zero VOC emissions or formaldehydes, meaning it meets

all obligations under 14G of the Building Act. Not only does

SaveBoard reduce waste, it’s also made with ~80% reduction

in embodied carbon compared to plywood, and ~90% reduction

compared to plasterboard and fibre cement. Recovering and

remanufacturing the offcuts and end-of-life boards can mean

a zero waste to landfill solution.

The benefits extend even beyond the real impact on climate

change. This innovative but proven technology has the potential

to decrease the cost of housing and also create healthy homes.

Those benefits in themselves are big wins at a time where home

affordability remains an issue for many.

SaveBoard is scheduled for its first production run in late 2021.

The plant will serve the New Zealand market and save up to

4,000 tonnes of packaging waste from landfill every year.

From there, we will explore setting up a plant in Australia where

there is a ban on exporting waste from next year.

SaveBoard

will save up to:

4,000

TONNES

of packaging waste

from New Zealand

landfills every year

27
Freightways Limited and its subsidiaries | Annual Report | Financial Year ended 30 June 2021

26

Deliver

reliably

Capability 3

Spotlight on our Capabilities

Delivery is a make-or-break for us.

As we remind ourselves constantly,

we’re only as good as our last

pick up, delivery or experience.

Building brands that people trust

and know they can rely on requires

having clear measures in place to

ensure we are meeting people’s

expectations.

Net Promoter Score

All our businesses use Net Promoter Scores (NPS) as a

measure because our ultimate measure of success is customer

satisfaction. Our NPS measures the loyalty that exists between

our brand and the customer. Our NPS scores continue to

improve across all our brands.

DIFOT

Our other key metric is DIFOT (delivery in full on time). Our

goal is to ensure that each customer receives exactly what they

were expecting when they expect it, regardless of whether it’s

a package, a letter, a critical file or the collection of a document

destruction or medical waste bin. To test our reliability, we

independently run a network-wide pressure test against our

competition. Results for our network are consistently higher –

usually in the vicinity of 97-99% DIFOT.

We issue DIFOT reports daily to key customers in time-critical

industry niches, such as medical and parts supplies, where

delivery in full, on time is critical.

While DIFOT is a clear match for our courier brands, we

have also applied the ethos to our other businesses with

considerable success.

97-99

%

is consistently better

than other networks

Our DIFOT rates:

29
Freightways Limited and its subsidiaries | Annual Report | Financial Year ended 30 June 2021

28

Taking on the rain

Deliver reliably case study

Spotlight on our Capabilities

Delivering reliability is all about

having a can-do attitude and not

saying “no”.

At Parceline, it’s about doing all we

can to keep the freight moving when

even nature stacks the odds against

us. Our contractors understand

the importance of getting freight

delivered and do an amazing job of

overcoming daunting obstacles.

On Saturday 29 May 2021, heavy rain began falling in South

Canterbury. By Sunday evening the road closures had started.

Two of our Dunedin drivers and one of our Cromwell drivers

were stranded in Christchurch which prevented any of our

southbound linehaul from moving.

Monday brought further complications as we attempted to

launch a Cromwell truck and a Timaru truck, but we had to

recall them after a couple of hours. Later, we managed to get

both Dunedin and Invercargill trucks away and home via an

opening between Hororata and Charing Cross. Two experienced

drivers also departed Dunedin in tandem and successfully

made their way to Christchurch and back with two full loads

of freight.

On Tuesday, the Ashburton Bridge was closed due to slumping.

A group of our contractors responded by scouring the area

in 4WDs to locate suitable detours. After encountering

countless washed out and damaged roads, we found a safe

detour out of Ashburton which we were able to use to restart

freight movements.

In this rapidly evolving situation, we needed to assess five

critical factors alongside the weather and road conditions, our

drivers’ hours, their health and safety, finding the best routes,

the wear and tear on expensive trucks, and moving the most,

urgent items first.

A huge thank you to all contractors and drivers who made

this happen.

Annual Report | Financial Year ended 30 June 2021
30 31

Freightways Limited and its subsidiaries |

Love our

customers

Capability 4

Spotlight on our Capabilities

It’s one thing to say we love our customers and put them first. It’s another

to show that we are doing that. Most companies naturally look to measure

what they do. Increasingly, we measure all aspects of our relationships

with customers – because that, we believe, forms the basis for long-lasting,

loyal relationships.

The duration of our customer relationships is exceptional. Many

of these partnerships date back several decades, and in many

cases, the same courier has serviced these customers over the

same time period.

We allocate significant resources to managing customers

and ensuring we have people there to respond to their needs;

regardless of whether that is due to unforeseen demand from

their customers, supply chain issues that have stressed the

need for urgent delivery, or responses to weather events that

could cause delays.

Med-X

Last year, as lockdowns affected CBDs in Australia,

our paper-based Shred-X business took a big hit. Our Med-X

business quickly grew though as aged care homes in particular

sought to dispose of contaminated material. By the second

lockdown in Victoria, that business had increased 10-fold

and turnover had climbed to $1.4m per month in Victoria alone.

To meet the need, we moved resources from our Shred-X

business and increased our capacity in medical waste. These

decisions have enabled us to successfully help our medical

waste customers continue doing business.

BI+

Access to rich customer data through tools like BI+ is another

initiative to create a centralised data warehouse that will enable

us to have greater insights into all areas of our customer activity.

We use this platform to see how we perform in real time: day to

day, month to month, year to year across our business, residential

and rural deliveries and how our couriers are delivering so we

can address issues. By analysing this data we can achieve new

levels of efficiency and better understand what we need to do to

further improve our customer service. Already, the information

our sales and operations people have at their fingertips is having

a direct and measurable impact on EBIT.

"We use this platform to

see how we perform in

real time. By analysing

this data we can achieve

new levels of efficiency

and better understand

what we need to do to

further improve our

customer service."

$

16m

in FY21

Med-X turnover:

Annual Report | Financial Year ended 30 June 2021
32 33

Freightways Limited and its subsidiaries |

Ashford HandicraftsBrands Co

Loving our customers case study

An API tailor-made for spinners

Founded in 1934 by Walter Ashford, Ashford Handicrafts

manufacture and distribute craft and textile goods and are

now the biggest suppliers of spinning wheels in the world.

They have been working with Post Haste for more than 10

years, sending wheels, looms and carders to customers

around the country from their base in Ashburton.

Ashford were first attracted to Post Haste because the brand’s

cost point suited their business. Since then, the partnership has

flourished and today Ashford are using our API integration sets

to increase efficiencies in their despatch area.

For Ashford, integrating with Post Haste’s APIs makes sense

on three levels. It cuts the time per send by 10 – 20 seconds per

item. That may not sound like a lot, but with the volumes that

Ashford deal with over the course of a year, that adds up to a

substantial saving. Secondly, despatch is now all in one system,

which reduces the opportunities for errors. Finally, the API itself

gives the company greater visibility over their distribution and

enables Ashford to directly account for costs.

“They’re good people to work with,” says director James

Ashford. “We’ve worked with them for many years and, perhaps

because of that, they made the integration itself really easy for

us. For example, they took our feedback onboard and made

changes to the system to fit the way we do things. We feel like

they do stuff specifically for us. That’s meant we’ve been able to

keep our workflow integrity rather than being constrained by a

system or needing to change our core processes. For us it was

all about increasing efficiencies in our despatch area, and that’s

exactly what has happened.”

Helping Brands Co to connect

with their customers

Originally known as The Brand Outlet, this company was born in

Hawkes Bay in 2013 to offer Kiwis great deals on fragrance and

beauty products. For a time, they operated pop-up stores across

New Zealand, but in 2016 decided the time had come to shift the

business online. Now known as brands.co.nz (Brands Co), the

business is now a full e-commerce operation, employing many

Hawkes Bay locals to source relevant products from far and wide.

Brands Co has been working with New Zealand Couriers for

a number of years due to the company offering a solution that

met their needs at a competitive price. “Ecommerce customers

depend on us to meet our delivery promise and therefore we

depend on New Zealand Couriers, says owner Damien Green.

”Every day New Zealand Couriers helps us fulfil this promise

and delight our customers. The service is highly reliable. This

directly impacts how our customers feel about us and gives us

a competitive advantage.”

Spotlight on our Capabilities

Recently, Brands Co decided to add API access to New Zealand

Couriers. This gave their IT team the opportunity to add to their

great customer experience by providing them with order

status updates, delivery options and dynamic shipping rates

at checkout.

“We operate in a very busy and competitive environment,” says

Damien. “Through our API with New Zealand Couriers, our

customers know where their order is at, how it can be delivered

and what the latest costs are, so there are no surprises. That’s

good for them and for us. It means we’ve been able to steadily

grow our business and the loyalty of our customers, and offer

more Kiwis better access to more brands that they enjoy.”

Annual Report | Financial Year ended 30 June 2021
34 35

Freightways Limited and its subsidiaries |

Helping our

people progress

Our People

Our expectation is that each person

who works here will be treated,

and will treat others, with respect.

The number and cost of injuries

both reduced this year, by 5% and

39% respectively, despite a larger

workforce with the addition of the

Big Chill team.

Changing pricing,

changing livelihoods

Our insistence on Pricing For Effort

has made a massive difference for

our courier teams. Our payment

systems incentivise our contractors

to act as entrepreneurs with no cap

arrangements that see their incomes

increase in direct alignment with their

volumes. As a result, their earnings have

continued to rise, with pay for our lowest

quartile of couriers rising by around 10%

this year.

Improving productivity

Overall, the number of couriers across

the Group hasn’t grown substantially this

year. What has changed are the volumes

of work we have been able to accomplish

with largely the same sized fleets. Those

productivity gains have come through

concentrating on how we utilise the

various brands in our stable. It leads to

better productivity and lower emissions.

Greater emphasis on

safety and wellbeing

This year we appointed a General

Manager for Health & Safety across the

Group. This new role for the business

was part of a deliberate shift to move

the business from very high levels of

compliance to being more visionary and

strategic in how we handled the safety

and wellbeing of our people.

Training programmes which are

customised to our teams in our

environment are a critical part of shifting

to a proactive culture around safety. Over

700 staff in freight sorting roles took

part in our Health and Safety Manual

Handling module this year. We have

designed a new management training

programme for our leaders, who will all

work through the module in FY22.

We are also implementing new

technology to allow our people to report

incidents or hazards on the run. Because

this system is accessible to everyone

and easy to report, we will see key ‘lead

indicators’ in real time. There is a new

app for auditing critical risks and control

factors. Any senior manager visiting

a site can log on to the business/site

they are visiting and see and comment

on a critical risk. This is a simple and

practical way for our leaders to check

what’s happening at site level and to

ensure that everything they expect to be

in place has been implemented and is

working as expected.

In the past, we may have waited for

people to raise issues with us. Now,

our management teams are taking it

upon themselves to monitor individual

and collective safety and wellbeing,

and to take the initiative where they

perceive an action is required. Over 200

leaders were trained in mental health

awareness last year.

Simpler career planning

Our Diversity & Inclusion Survey revealed

that some people didn’t understand

how they could plan their career with

us. Many said they were excited by the

opportunities that Freightways offered,

but they needed to better understand

how to make the most of what was

available. Since then, we’ve been taking

steps to make sure everyone is aware of

the training, learning and development

that is available to them. This year, 276

people undertook training, learning

and development to advance their

careers with us. 126 of our team also

took part in leadership training through

our Freightways Fundamentals and

Management Concepts programmes.

Our new Diversity & Inclusion goal is

to use these programmes to promote

the opportunities for underrepresented

groups in our workforce. Specifically,

we are targeting our executive teams

to have at least 40% representation of

female, non-European ethnicity and

young managers (42 years of age or

younger) by 2030.

Our People

Given the range of businesses we operate across,

securing a diverse and committed workforce is,

and has always been, crucial to our success.

Fiona Tagipo

Role: Production Manager, Dataprint

Fiona: “The relationship is the key

bit isn’t it? Building trust with your

customers so that they feel listened

to. I also think being yourself works

in the customer space – bringing

a little bit of who you are to your

work and your conversations makes

people feel like they are more than

a number.

“I’d call my approach relaxed,

proactive and professional. I like to

work hard for the people we work

with – give them options, solve more

problems for them, show them what

we can do.

“When I first started in our

warehouse department, things were

inefficient. Not enough systems

or processes. It made sense to

me what should be done. In fact

it was the first thing I tackled –

implementing a system that would

work for everyone.”

Doing their best work.

Sound bites from some

of our people.

Dillon Lazarus

Role: Branch Manager, Post Haste

Dillon: “There is this weird

infectiousness about the freight

industry. The market is always

changing. We are always trying to

do more in the same or less amount

of time. People are a big part of

the business, which is why treating

everyone uniquely works. Everyone

has potential but they also have their

own way to unlock that.

“I was fortunate enough to be on

the team that launched Kiwi Drive.

We started everything from scratch

– created the service, opened up the

market. You can get opportunities

like that every day here.

Our relationship with customers is

like a partnership. I’m always asking

myself: how can we partner with

them to add value to their business?

And then how can we go the extra

mile to not let them down?”

Leela Tarrant

Role: Client Service Manager,

Facilities DX Mail

Leela: “Loving our customers

is a big part of my existing role.

Helping customers by adding

value to their business, often in

small ways that have big impacts

on stuff like productivity or

margin. I like to try and be there

for our customers, help them to

move forward, innovate so that it

works for us and for them.

“Reliability is an absolute.

Customers rely on us. It’s the

backbone of our business. Another

key focus is efficiency. Inefficiency

usually means margin loss.

“You have to take ownership.

When I came here, the facilities

management billing was

inefficient and manual. The risk

of errors was high. I took it upon

myself to learn the process and

then develop a new billing sheet/

process that saved time and

reduced the potential for errors.”

Stakeholder importance
Impact on business

7.07.27.47.67.88.08.28.48.68.89.0

SDG 8

SDG 9

SDG 3

SDG 16

SDG 13

10.0

9.0

8.0

7.0

6.0

5.0

4.0

3.0

2.0

1.0

0.0

Materiality

curve

To meet growing demand

by stakeholders for broader

information about our activities, we

continue to incorporate non-financial

criteria into our decision-making and

public reporting.

Three years ago we conducted an

assessment to determine the issues

most material to our business and

public reporting via the Sustainable

Development Goals (SDG)

framework.

37

Freightways Limited and its subsidiaries | Annual Report | Financial Year ended 30 June 2021

36

Our Sustainable Development Goals

Setting strong

non-financial

goals

Responsibility Framework

Figure 1 – Stakeholder Materiality Assessment

•Product and process innovation

•Customer experience

•Data security

•New business opportunities


(e.g. medical waste management)

SDG

#

9

Industry, innovation and

infrastructure

•Health and safety in employment – injury reduction

•Non-GHG emissions (e.g. particulate, NOx)

•Road safety

•Employee wellness programme

•GHG emissions

•Ethics and integrity

•Transparency

SDG

#

3

Good health and wellbeing

•Profitability leading to sustainable employment

•Professional development and management/

leadership

•Rewarding contractors for their efforts

SDG

#

8

Decent work and economic

growth

SDG

#

13

Climate action

SDG

#

16

Peace, justice and strong

institutions

Annual Report | Financial Year ended 30 June 2021
38 39

Freightways Limited and its subsidiaries |

SDG

#

3

Good health

and wellbeing

We believe that everyone has a part to play, every day, in keeping

others safe. We’ve devoted a lot of energy this year to getting

that message across in ways that people will take onboard and

act on. As part of that, we appointed a new GM responsible for

Health & Safety for the Group.

Over the last six months we have developed a culture

programme called Delivering Safety Culture to ensure our

leaders and managers understand what they must be doing to

best look after their people.

Forklifts represent one of our critical risk areas. We’ve just

invested in a virtual reality programme for our drivers that will

allow us to simulate our workplace environments and identify

potential accidents so that drivers can see where dangers

may lie.

Engagement around health and wellbeing is increasing within

the business as more and more people come to understand the

importance of being and staying well. Every brand now has a

champion for Health and Wellbeing. That champion helps build

capability and awareness, and normalises conversations so that

they are part of how we care and look out for each other.

The Movement is our employee wellness programme. It takes

the form of an online portal where our people can find advice

on a wide range of wellbeing issues – from help with sleep to

information on ear and eye tests. Each company in the Group

has its own version that caters to the needs of its teams.

Recognising that everyone has times of difficulty, we’ve also

been promoting our Employee Assistance Programme (EAP),

which offers all employees access to an external professional

for counselling, guidance or advice via a helpline, regardless of

whether the cause of that difficulty is within their professional

or private lives.

We undertook a range of campaigns this year to foster

understanding and promote tolerance, diversity and interest

in, and respect for, our full range of people and cultures.

Responsibility Framework

Our areas of focus:

• Health and safety in employment

– injury reduction

• Non-GHG emissions (e.g.

particulate, NOx)

• Road safety

• Employee wellness programme

4.8

%

reduction in injuries from

252 to 240 during FY21

39

%

this year

Cost of injuries down

41
Freightways Limited and its subsidiaries | Annual Report | Financial Year ended 30 June 2021

40

SDG

#

8

Our areas of focus:

• Profitability leading to

sustainable employment

• Professional development

and management/leadership

• Rewarding contractors for

their efforts

Decent work and

economic growth

Our courier brands have all done well this year. Volumes were

up and our networks flexed quickly to cope with new volumes.

Having 100% control of our air and linehaul network has also

been a godsend through lockdowns and changing alert levels.

It’s meant we’ve employed more people through our businesses

as we’ve grown.

While much of our planned training was halted in 2020 due to

COVID-19 and lockdowns, we have made a concerted effort in late

2020 and 2021 to catch up and to keep our promises to our people

in terms of accessing their professional development. Again,

many of our people have seized opportunities to improve their

skills, knowledge and understanding of business management.

Contractors have benefited from network optimisation,

improved density and PFE. That lift in earnings has made

it easier for couriers to reinvest in modern, fuel-efficient

vehicles. Contractor turnover also reduced by 10% year on

year and the number of applicants wanting to be a contractor

for us increased.

PFE for our couriers has made them more invested and

commercially minded – for example, they are now increasing

capacity to meet seasonal demand. Our intention going forward

is continued year on year growth for our fleet, staying well

ahead of inflation, and an improved work/life balance.

Training programmes that

were halted during 2020

lockdowns, resumed in the

second half of the year

Courier pay increased

thanks to Pricing

For Effort (PFE)

Responsibility Framework

Our areas of focus:
• Product and process innovation

• Customer experience

• Data security

• New business opportunities

Annual Report | Financial Year ended 30 June 2021

42 43

Freightways Limited and its subsidiaries |

SDG

#

9

Industry, innovation

and infrastructure

One of the key outcomes from COVID-19 has been the

development of a much stronger direct-to-consumer emphasis

for our courier businesses. Previously, we concentrated on

deliveries between businesses, but recent changes have made

the direct to consumer (B2C) market more attractive and more

financially viable.

This year, we have focused on giving both the sellers and

receivers of transactions greater choice, control and visibility.

Designing for both audiences is critical to developing an end-to-

end transaction where receivers have full control over how and

when packages are delivered, and senders have the visibility

throughout that they need to retain control of the process.

Purchase and post-purchase experiences are a make-or-break

for merchants today, so we need to play our part in ensuring the

businesses we deliver for are offering amazing experiences that

customers agree are worth paying for.

Historically, we’ve offered stand-alone digital tools for sending

and tracking items. System integration however was costly

and complex, and for that reason, was really only available to

our larger customers. To resolve this, we’ve invested

significantly this year in the development of smart APIs

(application programme interfaces) to our delivery mainframe,

that make automation easily, cost effectively and quickly

available to most customers.

Our APIs are already relatively sophisticated and continue to

evolve and offer more features. We’ve already identified exciting

areas for improvement, including enhancing our address

validation tools and providing better integration with popular

ecommerce platforms. The other behaviour we are looking to

change is the tendency for our customers to call first. As much

as possible, we want them to be able to resolve everything online.

NOW Couriers has become a go-to innovation hub for our

courier businesses. Because it is small and locally-focused

on just one city (Auckland), this makes it easier for us to have

conversations around innovation with those specific customers.

Access to NOW Couriers enables us to offer features and

processes that can then be quickly changed to better suit what

customers require. It’s meant we’ve been able to really focus

on things like customer experience and to ensure our interfaces

are easy and intuitive to use. Those innovations are tested in

a development environment and informed by feedback from

users and customers before we roll them out more broadly.

Working this way will make us a nimbler organisation and

ensure we only introduce and implement ideas across the

whole of our Group courier network that have been proven

to work.

Other areas where we are looking to make improvements

across the Group include how we improve automated freight

sorting through better consignment visibility before items are

picked up.

Eighteen months ago we launched The Startery, our direct

response to developing new services to market. We adopted

a start-up model/entrepreneurial approach to innovation,

creating an incubator system that Freightways could continue

to replicate. Today, the Startery functions as a fast moving,

exploratory think-tank where leaders can come together to

critique, fund and empower teams in a lean style.

The Startery team itself is made up of product managers

(dubbed ‘entrepreneurs’), product marketers, product

developers and UX designers. Their role is to provide the skills,

resources and funding to get business ideas off the ground

without impacting the day-to-day operations and running of

the rest of the business. Projects have two years to go from

exploration to testing to delivery and making money.

.

Responsibility Framework

NOW Couriers acts as

our innovation hub

More emphasis on

experience innovation

Our areas of focus:

• Product and process innovation

• Customer experience

• Data security

• New business opportunities

45
Freightways Limited and its subsidiaries | Annual Report | Financial Year ended 30 June 2021

44

SDG

#

13

Our areas of focus:

• GHG emissions

• Reducing plastic usage and waste

Climate

Action

Our baseline carbon footprint in 2020 was 50,625 tonnes CO2e.

This includes all our New Zealand business units and

brands, other than the recently acquired Big Chill business.

(Big Chill and our Australian business units will be included in

future measurements.)

Our 2030 target of 33,170 tonnes CO2e (35% reduction)

and our 2035 target of 25,313 tonne CO2e (50% reduction)

are both science-based, aligning with what society needs

to achieve globally to keep global warming to within 2°C.

Our 2020 emissions now include those from Big Chill, the

emissions generated from our Trans-Tasman airfreight

initiative and also our Australian fleets and networks.

Well over 95% of our emissions come from the combustion of

transport fuel. This is the fuel we use across our vehicles and

aircraft. We are committed to reducing our emissions to levels

that support New Zealand’s commitment to the Paris Accord.

Much of our footprint sits in our supply chain, namely the

contractors we partner with. We are actively engaging with our

contractors and other suppliers on ways we can work together

to bring emissions across the supply chain down. Our primary

reduction strategies focus on:

• driving greater efficiencies through the network;

• maintaining modern fleets – both vans and trucks;

• moving away from fossil fuel consumption through the

electrification of our road fleet over time; and

• a more fuel-efficient air fleet in the future.

As a participant in the transport sector we know it’s important

that we lead by example in being transparent and accountable

around our climate actions. As certified participants in

TOITŪ’s carbon reduce programme our carbon footprint is

disclosed annually on the TOITŪ website. We also disclose

our footprint and targets in our Annual and Sustainability

Reports. In 2020, TOITŪ Envirocare named us as one of the top

10 carbon reducers.

We are also members of The Climate Leaders Coalition

which aims to help New Zealand transition to a low emissions

economy and, in doing so, create a positive future for New

Zealanders, business, and the economy. Organisations from

all sectors of the economy are represented in the Coalition

and together the signatories make up 60% of New Zealand's

gross emissions.

Plastic is the other big area of focus for us. Freight satchels are

essential for protecting our customers’ products in our Express

Package businesses. Historically, these satchels have been

made from fossil-based virgin plastics. In recent years, we’ve

reduced the amount of plastic required by 30% and offered

customers sustainable packaging alternatives. Now we are in

the process of switching to reusable freight bags that we can

use hundreds of times, and single use bags that will contain

80% recycled plastic. By 2022 we aim to have cut our annual

fossil-based virgin plastic usage by more than 70%, or 100

tonnes.

Responsibility Framework

On target to reduce fossil-based

virgin plastic use by 2022

TOP

10

carbon reducer by

TOITŪ Envirocare in 2020

Named


70

%

+

Annual Report | Financial Year ended 30 June 2021
46 47

Freightways Limited and its subsidiaries |

Peace, justice and

strong institutions

Increasingly, companies are under pressure to reveal not

only what they are achieving but also how they are working

internally. Consumers have increasing expectations of

transparency, and ethical considerations are important to them.

They want to feel they are buying products and services from

companies that behave well and they are therefore comfortable

to support. That same expectation is present in business-to-

business interactions. Increasingly organisations partner with

other companies that reflect or complement their sustainability

stances and values.

At Freightways, we’ve always prided ourselves on being straight

up, leading by example and doing the right thing. We are

committed to being a good corporate citizen. We pay taxes in the

countries we operate in and abide by all laws and regulations.

We pay our suppliers on time, every time. We ensure we only

enter into responsible partnerships.

Our history is one of standing up for the things we believe in and

making calls where we believe they need making. Our Annual

Reports continue to evolve to offer a higher level of disclosure

as part of sharing our stories and intentions with regulators,

investors, customers, communities and other stakeholders.

We’ve also offered investors and analysts unfettered access to

our senior executives. This year, we’ve included TCFD filings one

year earlier than required. In Australia, we have recently filed a

Modern Slavery Statement for our businesses.

We continue to report transparently and with increasing

detail about things like our ESG initiatives so that everyone

can see how our actions align with our intentions. Last year,

we introduced our first Sustainability Report. Quantifying our

progress in areas such as waste reduction, plastics and of

course carbon, aligns with where we think disclosure is heading

generally. It’s also part of our commitment to ensuring we

remain open and honest about the success of all our initiatives –

including those that are challenging and for which there are no

easy or immediate answers.

Key programs and initiatives

Our range of policies and processes includes:

•Charters for our Board and each of our sub-committees

•Code of Ethics

•Disclosure & Communication Policy

•Diversity & Inclusion Policy

•Insider Trading Policy

•Protected Disclosure (Whistleblower) Policy

•Remuneration Policy

•Risk Management Policy

Our website includes detailed information about:

•Our Board of Directors

•Our Leadership team

•Our brands

•Our results

•Our dividends – including our dividend history, reinvestment

plan and policy

We report on our actions through:

•Disclosures to the NZX and ASX

•Climate Leaders Coalition Annual Questionnaire

SDG

#

16

Our areas of focus:

• Integrity and ethics

• Transparency

Zero

legal actions brought

against us FY21

Zero

environmental or safety

prosecutions in FY21

Responsibility Framework

49
Freightways Limited and its subsidiaries | Annual Report | Financial Year ended 30 June 2021

48

Our community

Key community initiatives:


Kidsline (part of Lifeline)


Keep New Zealand Beautiful


The Hearing House

(Loud Shirt Day)


Beanies for Babies


Cancer Society


Auckland Kidney Society


McGrath Foundation


Clontarf Foundation


Child Cancer Foundation


KidsCan


Duffy Books in Homes


New Zealand Breast

Cancer Foundation


Rotary St Johns

Moving with our

communities

Community

KidsCan

KidsCan is New Zealand’s leading charity dedicated to helping

Kiwi kids affected by poverty. They partner with low-decile

schools and early childhood centres across the country to

provide kids in hardship with essentials such as food, jackets,

shoes and health products.

As an associate partner, we provide them with direct financial

support. We also provide supplier support through NOW

Couriers and New Zealand Couriers by providing discounted

services and bulk warehousing.

Child Cancer Foundation

Our New Zealand Couriers team has enjoyed a wonderful

relationship with Child Cancer Foundation for more than 20

years. We provide free mail collection, reduced and free courier

rates throughout the year, regular donations and support with

Christmas gifting for families.

This year, we were an Event Partner for their inaugural

Go for Gold Gala Dinner and Quiz Fundraiser, a fun evening

of camaraderie and friendly competition with a delicious

three-course meal by Urban Gourmet, drinks, a live auction

and more. The event raised funds which will go directly towards

providing essential support for Kiwi children with cancer and

their whānau.

Beanies for Babies

This great charity bands together more than 1600 knitters and

people who sew to make beanies, hats, shoes and toys for

newborns – all for free. We then distribute them to hospitals,

Plunket and other charities.

940 Blankets

1424

3532

Beanies

Beanies for Babies have

knitted the following for

newborns to date:

Pairs of

Booties

Annual Report | Financial Year ended 30 June 2021
50 51

Freightways Limited and its subsidiaries |

Task Force

on Climate-

related

Financial

Disclosures

Background

Climate change is one of the most

significant challenges we face as a society

and will raise many business risks across

the economy.

Governments and businesses alike are

taking steps to face these challenges

in several ways: enacting legislation to

foster a low-carbon economy; defining

decarbonisation pathways and deadlines

to achieve carbon neutrality; making the

disclosure of Greenhouse Gas (‘GHG’)

emissions inventories and reduction

targets mandatory; and industry-led

initiatives such as the Climate Leader’s

Coalition, with Freightways joining in 2019.

The transport sector is responsible for

19.7% of New Zealand’s total greenhouse

gas emissions.

1

The New Zealand Climate

Change Commission estimates that a

50% reduction in transport emissions

is required by 2035 to achieve net zero

emissions by 2050.

2


As one of New Zealand’s major transport

services provider, the bulk of our

GHGs are generated from consuming

transport fuels. We have a number of

businesses in New Zealand and Australia,

covering express package and other

complementary services in information

management, business mail and chilled

transport. Freightways has grown

organically and by acquisitions and has

representation in every major town in

New Zealand.

Our core business of collecting,

consolidating, processing and delivering

enables us to move thousands of items

per day in a resource and emissions-

efficient way. Our investments in

technology to drive continuous

improvement of fuel efficiency aligns

with the objective of reducing our

GHG emissions.

This is our first Task Force on Climate-

Related Financial Disclosures (TCFD)

report and describes our current

governance and management approach

to assessing and managing climate

change risks and opportunities to our

businesses. As part of this disclosure we

have also strengthened our emissions

reporting – see page 66.

Climate risk disclosures prepared in

response to the recommendations.

1. Governance

1

Ministry of Transport report: Transport Emissions: Pathways to Net Zero

by 2050. May 2021.

2

New Zealand Climate Change Commission Draft Advice. March 2021.

TCFD

Freightways' position on climate change:

Freightways recognises that our core business

of providing transportation services for our

customers is currently emissions intensive.

We have an important role to play, both in

building resilience to climate change impacts

and in the transition to a low-carbon economy.

We intend to make direct contributions to

climate adaptation and mitigation efforts within

our sector and the markets we operate in.

We will also work to be a strategic partner for

our customers, supporting and enabling their

responses to the climate change challenge.

Board oversight

Freightways’ Board of Directors

are responsible for overseeing the

management of risk, including those

related to climate change.

The Charter of the Board’s Audit &

Risk Committee requires that an annual

review of key risks and mitigation is

performed by each of Freightways'

controlled businesses, and is consolidated

at a corporate level. Risks are assessed

according to their likelihood and

potential impact.

Each business is responsible for

identifying events that could impact

their ability to deliver on its strategy or

reduce profitability. Exposure to climate-

related risks and carbon prices has been

considered when assessing potential

business acquisitions.

Freightways’ Board is also taking on

a longer-term focus, which will be

reflected in an updated risk assessment

methodology and the prioritisation of

climate-related risks.

Management's role

Freightways’ Chief Executive Officer (CEO)

and Chief Financial Officer (CFO) take

responsibility for assessing and managing

climate-related risks and opportunities at

a corporate level. As part of this role, the

CEO and CFO are engaged in structuring

Freightways’ approach to these climate-

related risks and opportunities.

Freightways’ business GMs and executive

teams are responsible for identifying

and assessing risks at an operational

level, including climate-related risks, and

providing those to Freightways’ executive

leadership team on a quarterly basis for

board Audit & Risk Committee review.

Stakeholder importance
Impact on business

7.07.27.47.67.88.08.28.48.68.89.0

SDG 8

SDG 9

SDG 3

SDG 16

SDG 13

10.0

9.0

8.0

7.0

6.0

5.0

4.0

3.0

2.0

1.0

0.0

Materiality

curve

1

Ministry of Transport report: Transport Emissions: Pathways to

Net Zero by 2050. May 2021.

3

https://www.climateleaderscoalition.org.nz/who/signatories/

signatories/freightways

4

https://www.un.org/sustainabledevelopment/climate-change/

Annual Report | Financial Year ended 30 June 2021

52 53

Freightways Limited and its subsidiaries |

2. Risk Management

Climate-related risks are

identified through multiple

sources including:

Internal sources:

•Our disaster recovery and business

continuity plans following acute

impact events.

•Regular reviews of the critical risks

facing our businesses.

External sources:

•Our involvement in the Climate

Leaders Coalition

3

and other industry

groups focused on addressing

climate change.

•Briefings and advice from climate

change specialists.

•Reports produced by government

agencies and the United Nations.

Freightways’ commitment to

incorporating non-financial criteria

into our broader risk assessment and

decision making led us to conduct a

materiality assessment in 2017.

This assessment helped us to

understand and incorporate into our

strategy the views of key stakeholders.

The results of this process, shown

in Figure 1, clearly indicated the

importance of Climate Action –

Sustainable Development Goal 13

(SDG13).

4


Collective action

Part of the process of identifying climate risks is

working with other industry participants on opportunities

for collective action.

That’s why Freightways joined the Climate Leaders Coalition at

its inception and has undertaken work with the Science-Based

Targets Initiative to align its actions with the collective ambition

of that group.

4









Physical climate impacts

Physical climate impacts arise from extreme weather events

(e.g. storm, flood, drought) or from the longer-term shifts in

climate patterns (e.g. increasing temperatures). These changes

may result in financial risks or opportunities due the direct and

indirect impacts they can have on business operations, assets,

markets or to supply chains.

Transitional climate impacts

Transitional climate impacts refer to risks and opportunities

resulting from the policy, legal, technology and market changes

occurring in the transition to a low carbon economy. Depending

on the nature, speed, and focus of these changes, transitional

impacts may pose varying levels of financial and reputational

risk or opportunity.

TCFD

We currently address identified

climate-related risks on an ad-hoc basis

A more structured approach is being established and

progressively implemented to maximise the benefits of acting

in line with our carbon reduction target – see the Metrics and

Targets’ section below on page 66.

The impact of policy changes on our

business model

Another aspect of identifying climate risks is understanding

how policy changes align or could impact our business model.

For example, the New Zealand Ministry of Transport’s May 2021

Transport Emissions Pathways document sets out themes

to phase out emissions across our transport system. Table 1

below shows Freightways’ actions in line with Themes 2 and 3.

Some of the initiatives we have undertaken or have planned,

in order to manage the climate risks and opportunities

identified, include:

•Lease/purchase more fuel-efficient vehicles.

•Collaborate on airfreight movements using more

fuel-efficient airplanes.

•More efficient use of our network and an increase of run

density, leading to improved fuel efficiency.

•Employing a contractor model which incentivises efficient

fuel use in their own vehicle through factors such as

the routes taken, maintenance and minimising total

kilometres travelled.

•Collaboration between our separate courier business

to gain further efficiencies.

•Offering a carbon neutral service through the Kiwi

Express brand.

•Reducing use of virgin fossil-fuel based materials

for packaging.

•Implementation of plastic courier satchels, that contain

80% recycled content, for customers use.

•Investing in our circular economy recycling business

aiming to reduce waste to landfill.

•LED lighting and solar based energy in warehouses.

Table 1:

Pathways to Zero Carbon by 2050 – Initiatives by theme

Transport sector emission reduction themes

5

Freightways initiatives

Theme

#2

Phasing out the importation of Internal Combustion

Engine (ICE) light vehicles by 2035; banning the use

of all ICE light vehicles in 2050; adoption of biofuels

in light vehicles and buses and electrifying the

Public Transport bus fleet by 2035.

Our plan for EV uptake starts in 2024 and ramps up as

availability of alternatives allow. With early action, our entire

fleet can be made up of low emission vehicles by 2035.

Theme

#3

Energy saving and logistic improvements (such as

freight routes optimisation; freight consolidation

and improved last mile efficiency); mode-shift from

road freight to rail and to coastal shipping; adoption

of biofuels for road freight and accelerating uptake

of electric medium trucks.

Freightways have systems in place to enable optimisation,

such as freight consolidation and last mile efficiency

and driver training. As a consolidation business, we

understand the economic and environmental benefit of

being resource efficient.

Figure 1 – Stakeholder materiality assessment

Annual Report | Financial Year ended 30 June 2021
54 55

Freightways Limited and its subsidiaries |

Likelihood and impact

Our overall risk management process takes into account

two variables: likelihood and impact (Figure 2 and 3).

The ratings reflect our short, medium and long-term

timeframes and the financial impact on the company.

The combination of the ratings results in the ratings matrix,

as seen in Figure 4.

Risk register

Each business unit is required to maintain a risk register

which also considers mitigation and risk trends.

During the course of our initial climate risk assessment,

we identified that climate risks will typically peak in their

impact beyond the upper 10-year limit of our risk assessment

framework. Therefore, it is possible that these risks may not be

rated sufficiently using our current risk framework. Given the

uncertainty of future impacts of these risks on the company’s

earnings, over the next annual risk and strategy sessions with

the Board, we will:

•Review an updated brief on the material risks currently

identified and any new risks identified in the preceding year.

•Review our risk rating thresholds to assess whether our

enterprise risk framework could better reflect the nature of

climate risks.

•Decide whether to assign a higher risk rating to our material

climate risks to ensure a response proportionate to their

potential impact on the business.

Figure 2:

Freightways' risk likelihood ratings

LikelihoodDefinitionCould happen

within...

Very unlikelyOnly expected to

happen in exceptional

circumstances

10 years

UnlikelyHas been known to

occur, including in

other organisations

3 – 5 years

PossibleHas happened before

within the company

or industry

1 – 2 years

LikelyRegular occurrence

within the company

or industry

1 year

Very likelyHappens with high

frequency

1 month

Figure 3:

Freightways' risk likelihood impacts

ImpactCould reduce EBITA by...

Minor <1%

Moderate<5%

Significant<10%

Major<33%

Catastrophic33%+

Figure 4 – Risk Rating Matrix

54321

Likelihood: probability of occurance

Very

likely

MediumMediumHighVery highVery highA

LikelyLowMediumHighHighVery highB

PossibleLowMediumMediumHighHighC

UnlikelyLowLowMediumMediumHighD

Very

unlikely

LowLowLowMediumHighE

MinorModerateSignificantMajorCatastrophic

Impact when occurs (EBITA reduction)

2. Risk Management

TCFD

Table 2:

Climate risk and opportunity scenarios relevant to the transportation sector

Scenario The path to 2100 in a

High emissions scenario

The path to 2100 in a

Low emissions scenario

Physical impactEmissions continue to rise

Average global temperature rise of 3.2°C

– 5.4°C by 2100

Global emissions decline from the short-term

Average global temperature rise of 0.9°C

– 2.3°C by 2100

Policy

Little / ineffectual policy action on climate change

The Paris Agreement fails as major

economies withdraw

Australia continues its current climate

and energy policy, e.g. no pricing on

carbon emissions

Consistent with the International EA Sustainable

Development Scenario and NZ Climate Change

Commission advice, which shows a carbon price of

around US$80/tCO2e (NZD$110-120) by 2030 and

NZD$160 by 2035

Strict regulatory requirements e.g. carbon budgets,

fuel emission restrictions, increased monitoring and

reporting obligations

Technology

Advancements in low-carbon technologies

such as alternative transport fuels and

energy mainly driven by market supply and

demand mechanisms

The NZ Climate Change Commission’s advice to the

Government is for 100% of new light vehicles and 10%

of heavy trucks be electric by 2035

Globally, IEA modelling projects EVs to reach 12.25%

of global vehicle fleet, and 28.8% of sales by 2030

MarketConsumer and business purchasing behaviour

is driven by quality/price ratio irrespective of

the carbon footprint of the product or service

High demand for low-carbon products or services to

reduce emissions, this could provide a competitive

advantage/disadvantage depending on whether the

business can meet the market demand

StakeholderLittle to no expectations from stakeholders

to act on climate change

High stakeholder expectations concerning climate

mitigation efforts and resilient investments

3. Strategy

Considering both a low and high emissions

scenario, and their impacts

Freightways’ climate-related risks and opportunities

were qualitatively assessed considering a low and high

emissions scenario, and their physical, policy, technology,

markets and stakeholder impacts.

These scenarios, outlined in Table 2 below, are informed by

Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC) reports and

the International Energy Agency (IEA) energy scenarios.





For our key transition risk – exposure to an increasing carbon

cost – we conducted a quantitative assessment of the cost of

fuel under the New Zealand Climate Change Commission’s

‘Headwinds’ and ‘Tailwinds’ scenarios in combination with our

in-house assessment of our fleet’s transition to low emission

vehicles (see page 63).

Due to the qualitative nature of this assessment, the results

do not speak to the impact on earnings and only assess the

likelihood based on our enterprise risk management framework

(see page 54). Understanding the full risk assessment rating will

require quantitative modelling of the financial impact of each

risk in the future.

The tables that follow describe the physical risks

(Table 3), transition risks (Table 4) and climate-related

opportunities (Table 5) that were identified, and their expected

impacts on the business.

Annual Report | Financial Year ended 30 June 2021
56 57

Freightways Limited and its subsidiaries |

Physical climate risks

Table 3:

Material physical climate risks

Risk to FreightwaysClimatic DriversTCFD Risk TypeOperational ImpactType of Risk AssessmentRisk Assessment and timeframeInitial risk treatment actions

Extreme weather events and sea

level rise cause prolonged/sustained

disruptions to the transport network.

Extreme weather

Sea level rise

Increased

temperature

Acute/ChronicTemporary disruption to certain

transport routes

Delays in service delivery

Higher costs for transportation

Significant alteration to network design,

routes and transport method.

Qualitative2035 Likelihood ratings

Low emission scenario: Unlikely

High emission scenario: Possible

Review our established processes for

dealing with weather related events

preparing alternate operational plans

Review the capability of our experienced

team who are involved in the decision

making process to prepare for

future events

2050 Likelihood ratings

Low emission scenario: Unlikely

High emission scenario: Very likely

Higher temperatures and extreme

weather impair operating assets and

disrupt utility services.

Extreme weather

Sea level rise

Increased

temperature

Heat Stress

Acute/ChronicTemporary disruption to processing

activities at select buildings

Increased delivery times for customers

Higher insurance costs for

certain buildings

Certain buildings are no longer usable

Qualitative2035 Likelihood ratings

Low emission scenario: Unlikely

High emission scenario: Possible

Further analyse our assets and

associated utility services for their

vulnerability to physical climate impacts

2050 Likelihood ratings

Low emission scenario: Unlikely

High emission scenario: Likely

Freightways’ business

model relies on a network

of transportation assets

and logistics infrastructure

to move goods for our

customers.

Physical risk description –

Disrupted transport network

The impacts of climate change –

including more prevalent extreme

weather events, sea level rise, increased

average temperatures and high winds

– all threaten to damage and disrupt

the roads, airports and shipping ports

that keep our customers’ goods moving

around the country and the world.

Extreme weather events, such as storms

combined with king tides, are likely to

increase temporary disruption to the

transport network, especially coastal

roads in New Zealand and Australia.

This will lead to longer delivery times for

customers and higher transport costs as

freight is diverted on alternative routes.

In the second half of the century, sea

level rise and increased temperatures

are expected to lead to long term or

permanent damage to assets such as

Auckland Airport or the Cook Strait ferry

crossing and further amplify the impacts

of extreme weather events (e.g. storm

surges, surface flooding).

This could cause cost increases

and impacts on the resilience of our

operations. Our planning of alternate

routes or alternate runways is helping to

address this risk.

Freightways understands this risk is

greater under a high emissions scenario

where physical climate impacts are

more prevalent. According to the New

Zealand National Climate Change Risk

Assessment, the exposure to physical

climate hazards experienced by New

Zealand roads, airports and ports varies.

6


Ports are currently considered to have

limited exposure to climate hazards;

however, this increases to a moderate

exposure in 2050. Roads and airports, on

the other hand, are already considered

to have a major exposure to climate

hazards through to 2050. Under a low

emissions scenario, this risk is expected

to be significantly lower.

We are currently in the beginning

stages of understanding this risk to our

business. Previous disruptions to the

3. Strategy

transportation network, most notably

the 2016 Kaikoura Earthquake, has

provided us with experience in managing

disruption successfully.

Physical risk description –

Asset damage and utility

services disruption

A core part of our business is the

processing of items we deliver for our

customers. To achieve this, we rely on

a wide range fixed assets and utilities

services (e.g. fuel, electricity) across

our network. Physical climate change

impacts such as more prevalent

extreme weather, sea level rise and heat

stress threaten to damage and disrupt

operations at our buildings or the utilities

that support these buildings. This may

limit our ability to process and deliver

goods for our customers on time.

Due to the expansive nature of our

network, our buildings are likely to

experience different physical climate

impacts depending on their location.

For buildings in Australia and the north

of New Zealand, building failure due to

heat will become an issue, making it

difficult for buildings' electrical systems

to operate and hazardous for the health

and safety of our staff during high

temperature days.

For operational assets in low lying and

coastal areas, damage from continued

flooding caused by sea level rise and

storm events may eventually render

the buildings unusable or uninsurable

from mid-century. These kinds of

disruption could have a longer-term

impact on our network while a suitable

replacement building is found. At a

country wide level, extreme weather

events may lead to damage of electricity

infrastructure that could impact several

of our sites simultaneously.

Under a high emissions scenario,

the physical risk posed to buildings

is expected to be greater than under

a low emissions scenario. According

to the National Climate Change Risk

Assessment, the exposure of

New Zealand’s buildings to climate

hazards is already considered major

and is expected to grow to an extreme

exposure by 2050.

8


As with the risk of damage and

disruption to the transportation network,

we are currently still in the early stages

of understanding this risk to our

business. Going forward, we will need

to assess the climate-related risks at

a site level. This information will allow

us to proactively manage our assets as

climate change impacts materialise.

6&8

https://environment.govt.nz/publications/national-climate-change-risk-assessment-for-new-zealand-main-report/

TCFD

Annual Report | Financial Year ended 30 June 2021
58 59

Freightways Limited and its subsidiaries |

3. Strategy

TCFD

Transitional climate risks

Table 4:

Material transitional risk

Risk to FreightwaysTransition DriversTCFD Risk TypeOperational ImpactType of Risk AssessmentRisk Assessment and timeframeRisk Treatment

Increasing cost of fuel

as a result of higher

carbon costs

Reduced availability of

New Zealand Units (NZUs)

Reducing carbon allowance under

national carbon budgets

Higher costs of operating

ICE vehicles

Technology

Policy and Legal

Higher operational costs

Increased costs for customers

Loss of competitive advantages

over other freight companies

that have lower carbon

footprints

Exacerbation of the cost

of inefficiencies across the

delivery network

Quantitative (2035 assessment)2035

Low emission scenario: Medium

High emission scenario: High

Achieve reductions in line with our

science-based targets

Currently planning to transition the fleet

to low emissions vehicles in line with

targets set using the Science Based

Targets Initiative

9

Continue ongoing optimisation and

utilisation improvements to our routes

and service offerings

Frequent upgrading of linehaul units to

lower emitting vehicles

In the past year, we have managed to

decrease our fleet by 4% while increasing

the number of items sent through

our networks

10

Qualitative (2050 assessment)2050 Likelihood rating

Low emission scenario: Unlikely

High emission scenario: Possible

Climate compliance

requirements raise

barriers for new drivers,

hindering business growth

Restrictions on import and use

of internal combustion engine

vehicles

Increasing fuel costs (due to cost

of carbon)

High upfront cost of low

emissions vehicles

Technology

Reputation

Inability to retain or attract

drivers or higher cost to contract

drivers due to their need for EVs

Delays and a loss of reliability for

our services

Reputational damage

Qualitative2035

Low emission scenario: Possible

High emission scenario: Very Unlikely

Designing of contracts to incentivise

efficient driving, route choices and proper

vehicle maintenance

Providing early signals to contractors

about when replacement vehicles must

be low emission

Reviewing and adapting contractor

renumeration rates to support them into

low emission vehicle

2050 Likelihood rating

Low emission scenario: Likely

High emission scenario: Possible

Lessons from Kaikoura:

In the early hours of 14 November 2016, a magnitude

7.8 earthquake struck 15km northeast of Culverden,

North Canterbury, essentially "unzipping" an

approximately 180km length of the northeast coast of

the South Island.

7


This included land slips and upheaval that put the

main trunk highway and railway lines out of action for

months. Alternative routes, modes, providers and other

supporting infrastructure were needed to keep

goods moving.

While climatic forces are not causing earthquakes,

we understand that it is becoming increasingly

likely that they will drive similar disruptions to the

transportation network. We need to further investigate

the areas of our network most at risk and use our

experience in managing disruptions to develop

strategies to mitigate this risk in the future.

→ This and other events make it clear that

our most important strategic asset for

building resilience to climate driven impacts

is the wellbeing, dedication and ingenuity

of our team.

7

https://www.geonet.org.nz/earthquake/story/2016p858000

9

https://sciencebasedtargets.org/

7

https://www.geonet.org.nz/earthquake/story/2016p858000

10

Freightways 2020 Sustainability Report

202120222023202420252026202720282029203020312032203320342035
200.00

150.00

100.00

50.00

0%

202120222023202420252026202720282029203020312032203320342035

50%

40%

30%

20%

10%

0%

202120222023202420252026202720282029203020312032203320342035

100%

80%

60%

40%

20%

0%

Annual Report | Financial Year ended 30 June 2021

60 61

Freightways Limited and its subsidiaries |

3. Strategy

TCFD

Transitional risk description –

Increasing fuel costs as a result of higher cost of carbon

Our business model is reliant on efficient utilisation of various

vehicles and assets to process and transport our customers’

items at each step in our logistics network. Fuel costs at

Freightways are largely paid by our independent contractor

drivers as a cost of operating their vehicles.

We believe that this model promotes efficient fuel usage,

reducing the amount of transport fuel used by our business.

However, regardless of how our fuel costs are paid, we

understand that our business has significant financial

exposure to changes in transport fuel prices.

With the cost of carbon expected to rise in New Zealand,

increases in the carbon price will impact Freightways’ fuel

costs. This, together with offering an adequate return to our

contractor drivers, is helping to drive our adoption of low-

emission alternatives in order to avoid the increasing costs of

fossil fuel.

We undertook quantitative modelling to better understand the

approximate financial impact that higher carbon prices would

have on our fuel costs by 2035.

Assessment methodology

We have assessed the net present value (NPV) of our financial

exposure to increasing fuel costs as a result of an increasing cost

of carbon under two different scenarios.

These scenarios took into consideration our estimated rates of

low-emission vehicle uptake within our fleet, our Science Based

Targets work and the “Headwinds” and “Tailwinds” scenarios

released as part of the draft advice from the New Zealand

Climate Change Commission in February 2021.

These scenarios both assume that 100% of the carbon price is

passed through in the cost of fuel.

Tailwinds

•The most optimistic emissions reductions scenario is a

steady and clear reduction to net zero emissions by 2050.

•Presents a future where there is are fewer barriers to the

uptake of new vehicle technology and widespread behaviour

change amongst the population.

•Freightways is able to follow its planned transition to low

emissions vehicles, beginning in 2024.

Headwinds

•The least optimistic emissions reductions scenario is a much

more sudden and aggressive reduction to net zero emissions

by 2050.

•Presents a future where there is delayed uptake of new

vehicle technology and slow behaviour change amongst

the population.

•Freightways’ planned transition to low emissions vehicles

is delayed by five years, beginning in 2029.

Due to uncertainties surrounding the adoption of low

emissions technologies for heavy vehicles and aircraft, the

2050 assessment of this risk is qualitative. Due to Australia not

having a carbon price at this time, this modelling was limited

to our New Zealand operations.

As a reference point, Freightways estimated exposure to the

cost of carbon based on 2019 emissions was $1,266,000.

NZ Climate Change Commission Scenarios

used for modelling the impact of carbon

price changes on fuel costs.

Low emission vehicle adoption rates

Freightways’ adoption of low emissions vehicles varies

between the Headwinds and Tailwinds scenarios.

This reflects the differing rate of change between the two

scenarios. Under a Tailwinds scenario, Freightways acts

early to reduce emissions, while a Headwinds scenario

sees us delay our emissions response.

Carbon price

The annual carbon price in the Climate Change

Commission’s analysis was consistent across both the

Headwinds and Tailwinds scenarios. They are a yearly

prediction of what the price of carbon could be to create

economic incentives to meet emission reduction targets,

as can be seen below:

$

1.26m

estimated based

on 2019 emissions

Cost of carbon exposure:

Low emissions vehicles as a

proportion of total fleet (Headwinds)

Low emissions vehicles as a


proportion of total fleet (Tailwinds)

Year

Proportion

Year

Proportion

Estimated Carbon Price (2021-2035)

Year

Price per tonne of CO2 (NZD)

Financial impacts of carbon content in transport fuels (2022 – 2035)
201920222023202420252026202720282029203020312032203320342035

$14m

$12m

$10m

$8m

$6m

$4m

$2m

$0

Tailwinds scenarioHeadwinds scenario

Annual Report | Financial Year ended 30 June 2021

62 63

Freightways Limited and its subsidiaries |

Assessment findings

Under a “Tailwinds” scenario, by 2035 all vehicles in the

motorbike, passenger vehicle and van fleets are expected to

be fully electric. The NPV of our financial exposure to the cost

of carbon in transport fuels over the 2022 and 2035 period is

approximately NZD $39.9m with a peak financial exposure of

approximately $5.6m in 2029, then this risk subsides as the

proportion of EVs in the fleet increases steadily. Despite this,

continued growth in aviation fuel use means the cost of carbon

in 2035 is 40% higher than 2022 levels. By 2050, it is expected

that all land-based light transport fleets will be fully electric

(or similar low emissions technology), which will considerably

reduce Freightways’ exposure to this risk. While we have not

made any commitments at this time to invest in low-emission

aviation fuels or propulsion types, we anticipate more of these

options becoming available from 2030 onwards.

Under a “Headwinds” scenario, none of our vehicle fleets

becomes fully electric by 2035. The NPV of our financial

exposure to the cost of carbon in transport fuels between 2022

and 2035 is approximately $48,739,000 with a peak financial

exposure of approximately $7,677,000 in 2031, when the

reduction in fuel use from the introduction of PHEVs in the

passenger vehicle fleet (from 2029) begins to counteract the

rising cost of carbon. Combined with the growth in aviation fuel

use, the cost of carbon in 2035 remains at 175% of 2022 levels.

By 2050, this risk is expected to have reduced from 2035 levels.

However, the delay in adoption of low emission heavy vehicles

and the continued use of hydrocarbons in the aircraft fleet mean

that Freightways may have exposure to the risk posed by the

increasing cost of carbon in transport fuels.

3. Strategy

TCFD

Our transition initiatives

To help reduce this risk over time, we have several initiatives

underway. Firstly, we have annual measurement and third-party

assurance of our emissions, which allows us to understand

the trajectory of our carbon exposure year on year. Secondly,

Freightways is developing its emissions reduction plan using

the Science Based Targets Initiative. This work includes

planning our transition towards low emissions vehicles.

Lastly, Freightways is constantly exploring ways to improve the

efficiency and utilisation of our routes and service offerings.

For example, over the past year, we have managed to decrease

our fleet by 4% while still increasing the number of items sent

through our networks.

Figure 5, to the right, shows the projected financial exposure

that Freightways has to a rising cost of carbon in transport

fuels. The dollar cost amount represents only the carbon cost

component of the cost of fuel. The remaining components

embedded in the price per litre, such as other taxes and the cost

of the fuel itself, are in addition to the amount show.

Figure 5. Additional cost of fuel due to carbon prices 2022 – 2035 (NZ only)

4.0

%

whilst increasing

the number

of items

sent through

our network

Reduced our fleet by: 'Tailwinds' scenario:

By 2035, all vehicles

in the motorbike,

passenger

vehicle and van

fleets are

expected to be

fully electric

Annual Report | Financial Year ended 30 June 2021
64 65

Freightways Limited and its subsidiaries |

Transitional risk description – climate compliance

requirements impact pool of contractor drivers

Freightways recognises the essential role that our contractor

drivers play in the success of our business. To ensure we attract

and retain the best people in the freight and logistics sector,

we work to offer a competitive package for our contractors.

A transition to a low carbon economy has the potential to

undermine this competitiveness if we do not factor in costs

that a transition could bring. In particular, we understand that a

low carbon economy will likely lead to higher upfront costs for

contractors as they transition to low emissions vehicles.

Conversely, the projected carbon prices in New Zealand will

increase fuel costs for those who continue to use fossil fuel

vehicles, which may raise barriers to attracting new contractor

drivers. This would limit many of our core business activities,

causing delays in our services and causing reputational damage

amongst our customers.

To help mitigate this risk in the future, Freightways is leveraging

several initiatives. Firstly, we have designed the agreements

with our contractors to incentivise fuel-efficient driving, route

choice and vehicle maintenance. This helps to reduce the

emission intensity of our operations and improves margins for

our contractors. As part of our Science Based Targets initiative,

we can signal to our contractors when we will require any

new replacement vehicles to be low emissions. This allows

our current and future contractors to factor in the potential

extra up-front cost of this transition early on in their financial

planning. Finally, to support the upcoming changes to our fleet,

we have been improving the remuneration rates for contractors

to help them meet any higher upfront costs of transitioning to

low emissions vehicles when the time comes.

3. Strategy

TCFD

Table 5:

Climate-related opportunities

Opportunity

for Freightways

Opportunity

Drivers

TCFD Opportunity

Ty p e

Potential

Benefits

Type of Opportunity

Assessment

Opportunity materialisation

timeframe

New markets and efficiencies

spring up as part of the

economic transition to net zero


Increased investment and

expansion of renewable, low

emission, zero waste and

social equity activities

throughout the economy

Markets

Products and

Services

Market growth

Market share

Improved fleet utilisation

Greater breadth of revenue streams

Qualitative5 to 10 years

New offerings enhance

customer relationships

Freightways being a partner

in its customers’ emission

reduction

Customer demand for greater

emissions transparency

Improved emissions measuring

and reporting tools

Resource Efficiency


Products and

Services

Additional/ enhanced service

offerings for customers

Lower prices for freight services

for customers

Improved company reputation

Qualitative5 to 10 years

Climate resilient transport

network provides

Freightways a strategic

advantage

Impact of physical climate risks

Customer demand for a reliable

freight delivery network

Investment in the resilience

and adaptability of Freightways’

network

ResilienceImproved reputation amongst both

current and potential customers

Overall business resilience against

climate change

Qualitative20 to 30 years

New markets and efficiencies

The drivers of climate change are known to extend beyond

simply emissions from transport. As the world continues to

invest in sustainability activities that reduce carbon emissions,

we believe that there will be new markets and customers

that our business can serve. For example, the rise of product

stewardship and producer responsibility is increasing the need

for reverse logistics. Not only will this develop new business

opportunities for Freightways, but it will also support improved

fleet utilisation and optimisation through a reduction in ‘empty

kilometres’ vehicles travel.

Customer growth and improved relationships

Our customers are becoming increasingly aware of not just their

own direct carbon emissions but the often much larger amount

of indirect emissions of their suppliers and business partners.

Leveraging our technology to provide customers with accurate

data on the emissions embedded in their transported goods is a

transition action we are already fielding requests for.

As low emissions vehicles enter the fleet over the coming

decade, customers will also able to report on the reduction in

indirect transportation emissions. Additionally, transitioning our

fleet to low emissions, low cost-to-run vehicles could yield cost

savings to our drivers and our business.

Improved competitive advantage

As physical climate risks become more material, the importance

of a resilient transport network will grow. Through investing in

our network over the coming decade, including assessing and

responding to our network’s vulnerabilities to physical climate

change impacts, we can improve our network resilience and

flexibility. This has the potential to give Freightways an advantage

amongst others in our sector who do not attempt to invest

in their network’s resiliency. The result would likely see new

customers leverage our network as they seek our reliability in

the face of increase physical climate impacts.

Lessons from COVID-19

In March 2020, all of New Zealand was sent into

a “Level 4” lockdown in an attempt to control the

spread of the novel coronavirus, SARS-COV-2. The

subsequent months of the COVID-19 pandemic saw

unexpected changes to everyday life and the habits

of businesses and consumers. These changes had a

major impact on Freightways as we sought to handle

the significant increase in use of delivery services

across our portfolio of businesses.

The COVID-19 pandemic has shown us how rare

but significant global events can shift the societal

norms which underpin our business. Our experience

from COVID-19 shows the benefits of having a

resilient business.

→ We understand that

preparing our business

to take advantage of

the climate-related

opportunities that we have

highlighted in this report,

will put us in a good position

as the impacts of climate

change materialise over the

coming decades.

Annual Report | Financial Year ended 30 June 2021
66 67

Freightways Limited and its subsidiaries |

Our key transition activities are the rate of

uptake of low emission vehicles within our

fleet and other steps to reduce emissions

per tonne kilometre. We expect these

activities will be reflected in how quickly we

are able to reduce our emissions.

To understand and report transparently against our emissions

reduction goals, we are committed to managing and reducing

our carbon footprint and have been measuring Scope 1, 2 and

3 GHG emissions since 2014 for our New Zealand operations,

meeting the requirements of Toitū Carbonreduce

TM

certification

and ISO 14064-1:2006.

Scope 1, Scope 2, and 3 emissions

Freightways’ emissions for FY20 were 50,624.57 tCO2e,

shown in Figure 6. In the seventh year of reporting under the

Toitū Carbonreduce, an absolute reduction in Scope 1 and 2

emissions of 14,748.30 tCO2e has been achieved against the

2013-14 base year.

11

The total includes all New Zealand business units and brands,

other than the recently acquired Big Chill business.

Over 95% of our emissions come from the fuel we use in our

fleet cars, our contracted courier vans and trucks, and the

aircrafts we use.

We are currently performing an internal Science Based

Targets Initiative

12

to update our GHG emissions inventory and

targets, including business acquisitions and emissions from

our Australian operations. This work will be concluded by

November 2021.

While the results of that work have not yet been audited, we are

working toward a 2030 target of 30% reduced emissions and

a 2035 target of 50% reduction in CO2e, from a 2019 baseline.

These targets are science-based, aligning with what society

needs to achieve globally to keep global warming to within 2°C.

4. Metrics & Targets

Figure 6:

Freightways' FY20 Emissions

Scope tC02e

Scope 13,67 9.8 8

Scope 2825.95

Scope 3 Mandatory18 ,16 5 .11

Scope 3 Additional27,953.63

Scope 3 One Time0.00

Total Gross Emissions50,624.57

TCFD

11

https://www.toitu.co.nz/what-we-offer/carbon-management

12

https://sciencebasedtargets.org/

69
Freightways Limited and its subsidiaries | Annual Report | Financial Year ended 30 June 2021

68

Our Board

Kim Ellis

BE (Hons), BCA (Hons)

Mark Verbiest

Chairman | LLB, CF Inst D

Fiona Oliver

Fiona Oliver joined the Board in FY22.

LLB, BA, CF Inst D

Peter Kean

PMD Harvard

Mark Cairns

BE (Hons), BBS, MMGT, FIPENZ

Mark Rushworth

BE(Hons), MEM

Our Leadership Team

Mark Troughear

Chief Executive Officer

BMS, University of Waikato

Stephen Deschamps

Company Secretary & Chief Financial Officer

B Poli Sci, M Fin, (Institut d’Etudes Politiques, Paris) MBA,

Master in Finance

Nicola Silke

General Counsel and Company Secretary

LLB (Hons), BA: University of Canterbury

Matthew Cocker

Chief Information Officer

PhD, Georgetown University

Steve Wells

General Manager

Express Package Division

Neil Wilson

General Manager

Freightways

Abby Foote

LLB (Hons), BCA, CF Inst D, INFINZ (Cert)

Annual Report | Financial Year ended 30 June 2021
70 71

Freightways Limited and its subsidiaries |

Directors’ Report

Directors

The names of the Directors of the Company in office at the date of this report are:

The Directors of Freightways Limited (Freightways) resolved to submit the following report with respect to the financial position of the Group

as at 30 June 2021 and its financial performance and cash flows for the year ended on that date.

Mark Verbiest | LLB, CF Inst D.

Mark was appointed a Director in February 2010 and Chairman

in October 2018. He is a professional Director with a strong

working knowledge of technology and technology-related

businesses, as well as having extensive capital markets

experience. A lawyer by training, with widespread corporate

legal experience in private practice, he spent over 7 years on

the senior executive team of Telecom NZ through until mid-2008,

where among other things he had executive accountability for

two business units. Mark is currently Chairman of Meridian

Energy Ltd and Summerset Group Holdings Limited. He is also

a Director of ANZ Bank New Zealand Limited.

Mark Cairns | BE(Hons), BBS, MMGT, FIPENZ

Mark was appointed a Director in April 2021. He was Chief Executive

of Port of Tauranga, New Zealand’s largest and most successful

port, from 2005 until his retirement in June 2021 to pursue a

full-time governance career. Mark was previously Chief Executive

of Toll Owens Limited and Owens Cargo Company Limited. Mark

has extensive experience in logistics, infrastructure, contracting

and significant exposure to capital markets. Mark is also a Director

of Meridian Energy Limited and Sanford Limited. In 2019, Mark

received the prestigious Caldwell Partners Leadership Award from

the Institute of Finance Professionals and the Deloitte/Management

Magazine Executive of the Year Award in 2012.

Kim Ellis | BE (Hons), BCA (Hons)

Kim was appointed a Director in August 2009. He spent 28 years

in chief executive roles in a number of sectors, including 13 years

as Managing Director of Waste Management NZ Limited until

its sale in 2006 to Transpacific Industries Pty Limited, and has

developed businesses in both New Zealand and Australia. Kim is

now a professional Director working with both private and listed

companies. Kim is currently a Director and the Chairman of NZ

Social Infrastructure Fund Limited and Green Cross Health Limited.

He is also a Director of Port of Tauranga Limited, FSF Management

Company Limited and Ballance Agri-Nutrients Limited and an

advisor to Envirowaste Services Limited and Ultimate Care Group.

Abby Foote | LLB (Hons), BCA, CF Inst D, INFINZ (cert)

Abby was appointed a Director in June 2018. She is a professional

Director with over 13 years’ governance experience, with

qualifications in both law and accounting. Abby has experience in

a range of senior management, finance and legal roles, with

a focus on corporate finance and commercial transactions. Abby

is currently the Chair of Z Energy Limited and a Director of

Sanford Limited.

Peter Kean | PMD Harvard

Peter was appointed a Director in July 2016. He brings to

Freightways many years of senior executive experience with the

Lion group of companies in both New Zealand and Australia.

Peter's last executive roles were as Managing Director of Lion

Nathan New Zealand and Managing Director of Lion Dairy and

Drinks, based in Melbourne. Peter retired from Lion in 2014 and has

since developed his career in governance. Peter is also a Director of

Sanford Limited and is involved in a number of private companies

both in New Zealand and in Australia.

Fiona Oliver | LLB, BA, CF Inst D

Fiona was appointed a Director in July 2021. She is a professional

Director, holding governance roles across a range of business

sectors including renewable energy, natural gas, technology,

and financial services. She is a Director (and Audit Committee

Chair) of Gentrack Group Limited, the First Gas Group, BNZ Life

Insurance Limited and BNZ Insurance Services Limited and

Wynyard Group Limited (in liquidation). Fiona’s Executive career

was in the financial services sector in New Zealand and overseas.

In New Zealand, her roles included Chief Operating Officer of

Westpac’s investment arm, BT Funds Management, and General

Manager of AMP NZ’s Wealth Management division. In Sydney

and London, Fiona managed the Risk and Operations function

for AMP’s private capital division. Prior to this, Fiona was a senior

corporate and commercial solicitor in New Zealand and overseas,

specialising in mergers and acquisitions.

Mark Rushworth | BE(Hons), MEM

Mark was appointed a Director in September 2015. He has

extensive experience in the technology sector, with a decade’s

governance experience, predominantly in the high tech and

innovation space. An electrical engineer by training, with

widespread operations and marketing experience, he spent 4 years

on the senior executive team of Vodafone NZ, where among other

things he had executive accountability for the fixed line business

and as Director of Marketing. Mark previously served as chief

executive of Pacific Fibre, ihug and financial services company,

Paymark Limited. Mark is currently Chief Executive Officer of

private equity owned UP Education and a Director of a number of

private companies.

The Board has determined for the purposes of the NZX Listing

Rules that, as at 30 June 2021, Mark Verbiest, Mark Cairns, Kim

Ellis, Abby Foote, Peter Kean and Mark Rushworth are independent

Directors. Fiona Oliver was appointed a Director on 5 July 2021 and

the Board has determined that she is an independent Director as at

5 July 2021.

Deep Expertise (NED)

Mark

Verbiest

Mark

Cairns

Kim

Ellis

Abby

Foote

Peter

Kean

Fiona

Oliver

Mark

Rushworth

Governance

NZ Listed Market

Audit and Risk

Business Operations at Scale

International Transport, Logistics,

Sector Aligned Expertise

Marketing/Brand/Sales

IT Platforms and Digital Innovation

Australian Market

Health & Safety

Entrepreneurial

Directors’ Report

Board skill matrix

The Board focuses on governance, strategy and the oversight of the performance of the different Freightways businesses and brands. The

Directors bring both proven experience in governance and a strong background in business to their decision making. Together, they provide

the wide-ranging skills needed to ensure the Board has the expertise to set and approve strategic direction, make senior management

appointments, monitor performance, manage risk and oversee our many stakeholder relationships. The Board Skill Matrix below sets out

the skills of each Director against the range of expertise Freightways requires to succeed.

Principal activities

The principal activities of the Group during the year ended 30 June 2021 were the operation of express package & business mail services and

information management services.

Annual Report | Financial Year ended 30 June 2021
72 73

Freightways Limited and its subsidiaries |

Group Fees (per annum)

PositionNote

2021

$

2020

$

Board of DirectorsChair(i)165,000165,000

Member – NZ93,00093,000

Member – NZ93,00093,000

Member – AU(ii)98,90098,900

Audit & Risk CommitteeChair(i)104,000104,000

People & Remuneration CommitteeChair(i)100,000100,000

Committee work pool (if required)42,14542,145

Total annual fee pool limit(iii)696,045696,045

Notes:

(i) Inclusive of Board member fee

(ii) Based on A$93,000 (2020: A$93,000)

(iii) Approved by shareholders at Annual Shareholders Meeting in October

Approved remuneration of directors (effective 1 November)

Directors holding office during the year were:

Parent:

Mark Verbiest (Chairman)

Mark Cairns (Appointed 1 April 2021)

Kim Ellis

Abby Foote

Peter Kean

Mark Rushworth

Andrea Staines (Resigned 29 October 2020)

Subsidiaries:

Mark Troughear

Stephan Deschamps

Mark Royle (Australian subsidiaries only – resigned 1 March 2021)

Stephen Micallef (Australian subsidiaries only – since 1 March 2021)

Colin Neal (Big Chill Distribution Limited only)

Mark Shapland (Big Chill Distribution Limited only)

Note: Fiona Oliver was appointed a Director of Freightways Limited on 5 July 2021.

2021

$000

2020

$000

Operating revenue800,533630,940

Operating profit before interest and income tax99,89184,720

Net interest and finance costs

(22,667)(18,420)

Profit before income tax77,22466,300

Income tax(27,591)(18,925)

Profit for the year attributable to the shareholders49,63347,375

Consolidated result for the year

Directors’ Report

2021

$

2020

$

Directors of Freightways (Parent company)

Mark Verbiest165,000155,083

Mark Cairns (Appointed 1 April 2021)23,250-

Kim Ellis100,00092,500

Abby Foote104,00097,467

Peter Kean93,00085,683

Mark Rushworth93,00085,683

Andrea Staines (Resigned 29 October 2020)33,59590,568

Total non-executive Directors611,845606,984

In the last quarter of the prior financial year, Directors took a 20% reduction in fees to mitigate the impact of COVID-19.

Directors of the Company’s subsidiaries do not receive any remuneration or other benefits in their capacity as a director of those

companies, except indemnity and insurance referred to in the Directors’ and Officers’ Liability Insurance section on page 79.

Remuneration received by directors

2021

$

2020

$

CEO – Mark Troughear

Salary

692,000630,000

Benefits37,00037,000

Subtotal729,000667,000

Pay for Performance:

STI241,000176,000

LT I--

Subtotal241,000176,000

Total remuneration970,000843,000

Chief Executive's remuneration

Directors’ Report

Fixed
0

400

600

200

800

1,000

1,200

1,400

1,600

Base Salary & BenefitsAnnual VariableLTI Granted (vesting 2024)

On-planMaximum

250

200

150

100

50

0

01.07.201801.10.201801.01.201901.04.201901.07.201901.10.201901.01.202001.04.202001.07.202001.10.202001.01.202101.04.202101.07.2021

75th PercentileFreightways Limited50th PercentileS&P NZX 50 Index

%

Annual Report | Financial Year ended 30 June 2021

74 75

Freightways Limited and its subsidiaries |

Chief Financial Officer's remuneration

Remuneration of the CFO comprises a fixed remuneration

package representing 75% of total remuneration, an ‘at risk’

portion representing 25% payable on achievement of short-term

financial objectives and 1% of earnings before interest, tax and

amortisation (EBITA) over a Board approved EBITA target. The CFO

also participates in the Freightways Senior Executive Performance

Share Plans described in Note 23 of the Financial Statements by

way of an annual allocation of performance share rights (PSRs)

equivalent to 25% of fixed remuneration, but otherwise on the same

terms and conditions as other Freightways executives. The PSRs

have a 3-year vesting period and are subject to the achievement of

financial hurdles, as described in Note 23.

Chief Executive's remuneration performance pay for FY21

$000

Directors’ Report

Financial

Year

CEO / MDTotal remuneration

($000)

% STI against

maximum

% vested LTI

against maximum

Span of LTI

performance period

2021Mark Troughear97088-N/A

2020Mark Troughear84372-N/A

2019Mark Troughear873100-N/A

2018Mark Troughear

(appointed

1 Jan 2018)342100-FY14-FY19

2018Dean Bracewell

(resigned

31 Dec 2017)85010087FY13-FY18

2017Dean Bracewell 1,37010092FY12-FY17

The remuneration of the CEO in the remuneration tables above includes the STI and LTI incentive payments made during the year ended

30 June 2021 in respect of the two previous six-month performance periods (1 January to 30 June 2020 and 1 July to 31 December

2020). No amount is included above in respect of incentive payments for the period 1 January to 30 June 2021, as these were paid in

August 2021.

DescriptionPerformance measuresAchieved (%)

STI30% of total remuneration. Based on a

combination of financial and non-financial

performance measures.

50% weighting on achievement of Board

approved earnings before interest, tax and

amortisation (EBITA).

88

50% weighting on individual performance

comprising strategy development & delivery, health

& safety and improving contractors’ earnings.

89

LT IConditional awards of shares prior to July

2019 under long-term incentive scheme.

50% weighting on a minimum 3-year annual

compound growth rate in Earnings Per Share

(EPS).

-

50% weighting on Total Shareholder Return

(TSR) performance against NZX50 index median,

pro-rated up to 100% for achieving the 75th

quartile of the index constituents.

-

LT IConditional awards of shares under long-

term incentive scheme. Introduced in July

2019 with a vesting period of 3 years ending

30 June 2022.

Relative TSR (rTSR) – Based on Freightways’

TSR compared to that of the constituents of the

NZX50 Index over the vesting period. 50% of the

rTSR Share Rights eligible for vesting will vest

if Freightways outperforms the NZX50 Index

median, pro-rated up to 100% for achieving the

75th quartile of the Index constituents.

N/A – investing in FY22

Absolute TSR (aTSR) – Up to 50% of Share Rights

will vest based on exceeding a cost of capital

hurdle over the vesting period.

N/A – investing in FY22

Five-year summary: Chief Executive's remuneration

Breakdown of Chief Executive's pay for performance (FY21)

Remuneration of other officers

Fixed remuneration of other officers, not being directors, representing a range from 76% to 78% of their total remuneration, is benchmarked

to market and consists of base salary and matched KiwiSaver contributions up to a maximum of 3%. The officers participate in an at-risk

short-term incentive (STI) scheme, representing a range from 22% to 24% of their total remuneration, that reflects the achievement of

predetermined company profit levels and individual performance objectives aligned to business strategy and goals. In addition, the officers

receive 2% of earnings before interest, tax and amortisation (EBITA) over a Board approved EBITA target. The officers also participate in the

Freightways Senior Executive Performance Share Plan (the ‘Plan’) described in Note 23 of the Financial Statements by way of an annual

allocation of PSRs. The PSRs have a 3-year vesting period and are subject to the achievement of financial hurdles, as described in Note 23.

Both the STI scheme and Senior Executive Performance Share Plan are variable, performance-based incentives and are only awarded if

specific financial and non-financial performance hurdles are met, and at the discretion of the Board.

The Company’s Remuneration Policy can be found at https://www.freightways.co.nz/about/corporate-governance/.

Directors’ Report

Three-year summary: TSR performance

Financial Quarter

TSR %

Annual Report | Financial Year ended 30 June 2021
76 77

Freightways Limited and its subsidiaries |

Group

20212020

$100,000 – $109,9995544

$110,000 – $119,9995053

$120,000 – $129,9994131

$130,000 – $139,9992924

$140,000 – $149,9991617

$150,000 – $159,9992310

$160,000 – $169,999913

$170,000 – $179,9991413

$180,000 – $189,999109

$190,000 – $199,99996

$200,000 – $209,9991112

$210,000 – $219,99972

$220,000 – $229,99966

$230,000 – $239,99944

$240,000 – $249,99953

$250,000 – $259,99914

$260,000 – $269,99922

$270,000 – $279,99961

$290,000 – $299,99911

$300,000 – $309,99924

$310,000 – $319,9993-

$320,000 – $329,999-1

$330,000 – $339,99911

$350,000 – $359,99911

$370,000 – $379,99911

$420,000 – $429,99912

$430,000 – $439,9991-

$440,000 – $449,9991-

$550,000 – $559,999-1

Remuneration of employees

The number of employees, not being directors of Group subsidiaries, within the Group receiving annual remuneration and benefits above

$100,000 are as indicated in the following table:

Directors’ Report

Entries in the register of Directors’ interests

The Register of Directors’ Interests records that the following Directors of Freightways Limited have an equity interest in the Company.

Fully-paid ordinary shares

BeneficiallyNon-beneficially

Director

Mark Verbiest10,000-

Mark Cairns-10,000

Kim Ellis-50,000

Abby Foote-14,363

Peter Kean51,500-

Mark Rushworth-18,000

The following table shows transactions recorded in respect of securities acquired or disposed of by Directors of Freightways Limited during

the year ended 30 June 2021:

Freightways Limited shares

At balance date Directors of Freightways Limited held the following number of equity securities in the Company:

Number$000


(Disposed)


(Sale)

Mark Cairns

Non-beneficial ownership in ordinary shares acquired on

3 April 2021 and 4 April 2021

10,000112

CostAcquired

Directors’ Report

Annual Report | Financial Year ended 30 June 2021
78 79

Freightways Limited and its subsidiaries |

NameName of company / entityNature of interest

Abby FooteSanford LimitedDirector

Television New Zealand LimitedDirector**

Z Energy LimitedDirector & Chair

Kim EllisBallance Agri-Nutrients LimitedDirector

Envirowaste Services LimitedAdvisor

FSF Management Company LimitedDirector

Green Cross Health LimitedDirector & Chair

New Zealand Social Infrastructure Fund LimitedDirector & Chair

Port of Tauranga LimitedDirector

The Ultimate Care Group LimitedAdvisor*

Mark CairnsCoda GP LimitedDirector*/**

Meridian Energy LimitedDirector*

Northport LimitedDirector*/**

Quality Marshalling LimitedDirector & Chair*/**

Mark RushworthUP EducationGroup Chief Executive

Mark VerbiestANZ Bank New Zealand LimitedDirector

Meridian Energy LimitedDirector & Chair

Property Income Fund LimitedAdvisor

Peter KeanNew Zealand Rugby UnionDirector**

Sanford LimitedDirector

Southfuels LimitedDirector

Trojan Holdings LimitedDirector

* Entry added by notice given by the director during the year.

** Entry removed by notice given by the director during the year.

Other interests

Listed below are details of the entries made in the Interests Register of the Company during the year, together with the existing entries as at

30 June 2021.

Directors’ Report

Directors’ and officers’ liability insurance

Deeds of indemnity have been granted by the Company in favour of the Directors of the Company and its subsidiaries, to the fullest extent

permitted by the Companies Act 1993. In accordance with the deeds of indemnity, the Company has insured all its Directors and the Directors

of its subsidiaries against liabilities to other parties (except the Company or a related party of the Company) that may arise from their

positions as Directors. Freightways’ liability insurance also covers Officers of the Group. The insurance does not cover liabilities arising from

criminal actions.

For and on behalf of the Board this 23

rd

day of August 2021.

Mark Verbiest

Chairman

Abigail Foote

Director and Chair of the Audit & Risk Committee

81
Freightways Limited and its subsidiaries | Annual Report | Financial Year ended 30 June 2021

80

82 Independent Auditor's Report

Financial Statements

88 Financial Summary

89 Income Statement

90 Statement of Comprehensive Income

91 Statement of Changes in Equity

92 Balance Sheet

93 Statement of Cash Flows

94 Notes to the Financial Statements

145 Shareholder Information

147 Corporate Governance Statement

152 Directory

153 Company Particulars

Financial

Statements





PricewaterhouseCoopers, 15 Customs Street West, Private Bag 92162, Auckland 1142, New Zealand

T: +64 9 355 8000, F: +64 9 355 8001, pwc.co.nz


Independent auditor’s report

To the shareholders of Freightways Limited

Our opinion

In our opinion, the accompanying financial statements of Freightways Limited (the Company),

including its subsidiaries (the Group), present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of

the Group as at 30 June 2021, its financial performance and its cash flows for the year then ended in

accordance with New Zealand Equivalents to International Financial Reporting Standards (NZ IFRS)

and International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS).

What we have audited

The Group's financial statements comprise:

● the balance sheet as at 30 June 2021;

● the income statement for the year then ended;

● the statement of comprehensive income for the year then ended;

● the statement of changes in equity for the year then ended;

● the statement of cash flows for the year then ended; and

● the notes to the financial statements, which include significant accounting policies and other

explanatory information.


Basis for opinion

We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (New Zealand) (ISAs

(NZ)) and International Standards on Auditing (ISAs). Our responsibilities under those standards are

further described in the Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements section of our

report.

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis

for our opinion.

Independence

We are independent of the Group in accordance with Professional and Ethical Standard 1

International Code of Ethics for Assurance Practitioners (including International Independence

Standards) (New Zealand) (PES 1) issued by the New Zealand Auditing and Assurance Standards

Board and the International Code of Ethics for Professional Accountants (including International

Independence Standards) issued by the International Ethics Standards Board for Accountants (IESBA

Code), and we have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with these requirements.

Our firm carries out other services for the Group in the areas of agreed upon procedures over

resolutions at the Annual Shareholders Meeting and Executive's remuneration benchmarking. The

provision of these other services has not impaired our independence as auditor of the Group.

Key audit matters

Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgement, were of most significance in

our audit of the financial statements of the current year. These matters were addressed in the context

of our audit of the financial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not

provide a separate opinion on these matters.




PricewaterhouseCoopers, 15 Customs Street West, Private Bag 92162, Auckland 1142, New Zealand

T: +64 9 355 8000, F: +64 9 355 8001, pwc.co.nz


Independent auditor’s report

To the shareholders of Freightways Limited

We have audited the financial statements which comprise:

●the balance sheet as at 30 June 2020;

●the income statement for the year then ended;

●the statement of comprehensive income for the year then ended;

●the statement of changes in equity for the year then ended;

●the statement of cash flows for the year then ended; and

●the notes to the financial statements, which include a summary of significant accounting

policies.

Our opinion

In our opinion, the accompanying financial statements of Freightways Limited (the Company),

including its subsidiaries (the Group), present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of

the Group as at 30 June 2020, its financial performance and its cash flows for the year then ended in

accordance with New Zealand Equivalents to International Financial Reporting Standards (NZ IFRS)

and International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS).

Basis for opinion

We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (New Zealand) (ISAs

(NZ)) and International Standards on Auditing (ISAs). Our responsibilities under those standards are

further described in the Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements section of

our report.

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for

our opinion.

We are independent of the Group in accordance with Professional and Ethical Standard 1 International

Code of Ethics for Assurance Practitioners (including International Independence Standard) (New

Zealand) (PES 1) issued by the New Zealand Auditing and Assurance Standards Board and the

International Code of Ethics for Professional Accountants (including International Independence

Standards) issues by the International Ethics Standards Board for Accountants (IESBA Code), and we

have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with these requirements.

Our firm carries out other services for the Group in the areas of agreed upon procedures over the poll

for the shareholder resolutions at the Annual General Meeting and Executives’ remuneration

benchmarking. The provision of these other services has not impaired our independence as auditor of

the Group.





PwC



Description of the key audit matter How our audit addressed the key audit matter


Revenue recognition

The Group’s revenue of $800.5 million for

the current year primarily consisted of

express package & business mail –

courier, refrigerated transport and postal

services, and information management –

storage, destruction & digitisation

revenue, as disclosed in note 4 of the

financial statements.

The Group has deferred revenue of $14.6

million for service obligations not yet

performed as at 30 June 2021, reported

as a contract liability in note 20.

Revenue recognition under NZ IFRS 15 is

a key audit matter due to the complexity of

the standard and the number of revenue

streams and information systems used to

record revenue. Management judgement

is also required to estimate the contract

liability for deferred revenue based upon

historical usage patterns as disclosed in

note 1(a)(ii).


We obtained an understanding and evaluated the

Group’s processes and controls relating to revenue

recognition for each material revenue stream and

recognition of a contract liability for deferred revenue.


Our audit procedures in relation to revenue recognition

for each material revenue stream under NZ IFRS 15

included:


● challenging judgements made by management in

applying the standard, including assessing a

sample of individual contracts against the

requirements of NZ IFRS 15, particularly the

determination of performance obligations;

● testing a sample of revenue transactions to

assess the completion of performance obligations;

● testing a sample of revenue transactions to

assess the accuracy of pricing to supporting

documentation;

● for a sample of transactions within accounts

receivable at balance date we obtained either

confirmation of the amount owing from the

customer, or evidence of the amount owing from

alternative procedures including testing of

subsequent receipts or shipping documentation;

and

● assessing the disclosures made against the

requirements of the accounting standards.

Our audit procedures in relation to the contract liability

for deferred revenue included:


● testing the system reports from which the data

used in the contract liability calculation is derived

● assessing and evaluating the models used by

management utilising substantive analytical

procedures over the release to revenue for

estimated unredeemed tickets based upon

historical usage patterns.







PwC



Impairment assessment of goodwill

and indefinite lived brands

As disclosed in note 16, the Group has

intangible assets which include goodwill of

$295.5 million and indefinite lived brand

names of $126.9 million as at 30 June

2021.

Goodwill and brand names are allocated

to cash-generating units (CGUs) for the

purpose of impairment testing.

Management performed an annual

impairment assessment using value in

use (VIU) models to determine whether

the carrying value of assets held by each

CGU is recoverable.

Our audit focussed on this area as it

involves estimation and judgement about

future business performance which

includes certain key assumptions such as

revenue growth, EBITDA margin, terminal

year growth rate and the discount rate.

For each CGU, the recoverable amount

based on the value in use was higher than

the carrying value of the CGU and as a

result, no impairment charge was

recognised. However, as disclosed in note

16 the value in use model for The

Information Management Group

(Australia) and New Zealand Document

Exchange would result in impairment if a

reasonably possible change in key

assumptions was to occur.

In addressing the estimation and judgements used in

the value in use models, our audit procedures

included:

● gaining an understanding of the business process

applied by management in preparing the

impairment assessments;

● considering the appropriate determination of each

CGU and recalculating the carrying amounts of

the CGU assets;

● evaluating whether corporate costs had been

allocated appropriately and included in the cash

flows for each CGU;

● testing the mathematical accuracy of the models

used to determine the VIU of each CGU;

● reviewing historical years actual revenue and

EBITDA against the original budgeted

performance to determine the reliability of the

budgeting process and considering the impact on

forecast performance;

● obtaining an understanding of the current and

forecast outlook for the business and

management’s basis for determining the key

assumptions in preparing the forecast cash flows;

● agreeing forecast future performance included in

the impairment assessments to the budgets

approved by the Board of Directors;

● with the assistance of our auditor’s valuation

expert, assessing the appropriateness of the

terminal growth and discount rates as well as

considering industry trends and external market

forecasts for the industry; and

● performing a sensitivity analysis over key

assumptions to determine whether reasonably

possible changes would result in impairment of

goodwill.

These audit procedures were varied to reflect the level

headroom and sensitivity to impairment for each CGU.

We also reviewed the financial statements for

appropriate identification and disclosure of key

assumptions.



PricewaterhouseCoopers, 15 Customs Street West, Private Bag 92162, Auckland 1142, New Zealand

T: +64 9 355 8000, F: +64 9 355 8001, pwc.co.nz


Independent auditor’s report

To the shareholders of Freightways Limited

We have audited the financial statements which comprise:

●the balance sheet as at 30 June 2020;

●the income statement for the year then ended;

●the statement of comprehensive income for the year then ended;

●the statement of changes in equity for the year then ended;

●the statement of cash flows for the year then ended; and

●the notes to the financial statements, which include a summary of significant accounting

policies.

Our opinion

In our opinion, the accompanying financial statements of Freightways Limited (the Company),

including its subsidiaries (the Group), present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of

the Group as at 30 June 2020, its financial performance and its cash flows for the year then ended in

accordance with New Zealand Equivalents to International Financial Reporting Standards (NZ IFRS)

and International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS).

Basis for opinion

We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (New Zealand) (ISAs

(NZ)) and International Standards on Auditing (ISAs). Our responsibilities under those standards are

further described in the Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements section of

our report.

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for

our opinion.

We are independent of the Group in accordance with Professional and Ethical Standard 1 International

Code of Ethics for Assurance Practitioners (including International Independence Standard) (New

Zealand) (PES 1) issued by the New Zealand Auditing and Assurance Standards Board and the

International Code of Ethics for Professional Accountants (including International Independence

Standards) issues by the International Ethics Standards Board for Accountants (IESBA Code), and we

have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with these requirements.

Our firm carries out other services for the Group in the areas of agreed upon procedures over the poll

for the shareholder resolutions at the Annual General Meeting and Executives’ remuneration

benchmarking. The provision of these other services has not impaired our independence as auditor of

the Group.

Annual Report | Financial Year ended 30 June 2021

82 83

Freightways Limited and its subsidiaries |

Independent Auditor's Report

To the shareholders of Freightways Limited

Independent Auditor's Report

To the shareholders of Freightways Limited





PwC



Impairment assessment of goodwill

and indefinite lived brands

As disclosed in note 16, the Group has

intangible assets which include goodwill of

$295.5 million and indefinite lived brand

names of $126.9 million as at 30 June

2021.

Goodwill and brand names are allocated

to cash-generating units (CGUs) for the

purpose of impairment testing.

Management performed an annual

impairment assessment using value in

use (VIU) models to determine whether

the carrying value of assets held by each

CGU is recoverable.

Our audit focussed on this area as it

involves estimation and judgement about

future business performance which

includes certain key assumptions such as

revenue growth, EBITDA margin, terminal

year growth rate and the discount rate.

For each CGU, the recoverable amount

based on the value in use was higher than

the carrying value of the CGU and as a

result, no impairment charge was

recognised. However, as disclosed in note

16 the value in use model for The

Information Management Group

(Australia) and New Zealand Document

Exchange would result in impairment if a

reasonably possible change in key

assumptions was to occur.

In addressing the estimation and judgements used in

the value in use models, our audit procedures

included:

● gaining an understanding of the business process

applied by management in preparing the

impairment assessments;

● considering the appropriate determination of each

CGU and recalculating the carrying amounts of

the CGU assets;

● evaluating whether corporate costs had been

allocated appropriately and included in the cash

flows for each CGU;

● testing the mathematical accuracy of the models

used to determine the VIU of each CGU;

● reviewing historical years actual revenue and

EBITDA against the original budgeted

performance to determine the reliability of the

budgeting process and considering the impact on

forecast performance;

● obtaining an understanding of the current and

forecast outlook for the business and

management’s basis for determining the key

assumptions in preparing the forecast cash flows;

● agreeing forecast future performance included in

the impairment assessments to the budgets

approved by the Board of Directors;

● with the assistance of our auditor’s valuation

expert, assessing the appropriateness of the

terminal growth and discount rates as well as

considering industry trends and external market

forecasts for the industry; and

● performing a sensitivity analysis over key

assumptions to determine whether reasonably

possible changes would result in impairment of

goodwill.

These audit procedures were varied to reflect the level

headroom and sensitivity to impairment for each CGU.

We also reviewed the financial statements for

appropriate identification and disclosure of key

assumptions.







PwC



Impairment assessment of goodwill

and indefinite lived brands

As disclosed in note 16, the Group has

intangible assets which include goodwill of

$295.5 million and indefinite lived brand

names of $126.9 million as at 30 June

2021.

Goodwill and brand names are allocated

to cash-generating units (CGUs) for the

purpose of impairment testing.

Management performed an annual

impairment assessment using value in

use (VIU) models to determine whether

the carrying value of assets held by each

CGU is recoverable.

Our audit focussed on this area as it

involves estimation and judgement about

future business performance which

includes certain key assumptions such as

revenue growth, EBITDA margin, terminal

year growth rate and the discount rate.

For each CGU, the recoverable amount

based on the value in use was higher than

the carrying value of the CGU and as a

result, no impairment charge was

recognised. However, as disclosed in note

16 the value in use model for The

Information Management Group

(Australia) and New Zealand Document

Exchange would result in impairment if a

reasonably possible change in key

assumptions was to occur.

In addressing the estimation and judgements used in

the value in use models, our audit procedures

included:

● gaining an understanding of the business process

applied by management in preparing the

impairment assessments;

● considering the appropriate determination of each

CGU and recalculating the carrying amounts of

the CGU assets;

● evaluating whether corporate costs had been

allocated appropriately and included in the cash

flows for each CGU;

● testing the mathematical accuracy of the models

used to determine the VIU of each CGU;

● reviewing historical years actual revenue and

EBITDA against the original budgeted

performance to determine the reliability of the

budgeting process and considering the impact on

forecast performance;

● obtaining an understanding of the current and

forecast outlook for the business and

management’s basis for determining the key

assumptions in preparing the forecast cash flows;

● agreeing forecast future performance included in

the impairment assessments to the budgets

approved by the Board of Directors;

● with the assistance of our auditor’s valuation

expert, assessing the appropriateness of the

terminal growth and discount rates as well as

considering industry trends and external market

forecasts for the industry; and

● performing a sensitivity analysis over key

assumptions to determine whether reasonably

possible changes would result in impairment of

goodwill.

These audit procedures were varied to reflect the level

headroom and sensitivity to impairment for each CGU.

We also reviewed the financial statements for

appropriate identification and disclosure of key

assumptions.



PricewaterhouseCoopers, 15 Customs Street West, Private Bag 92162, Auckland 1142, New Zealand

T: +64 9 355 8000, F: +64 9 355 8001, pwc.co.nz


Independent auditor’s report

To the shareholders of Freightways Limited

We have audited the financial statements which comprise:

●the balance sheet as at 30 June 2020;

●the income statement for the year then ended;

●the statement of comprehensive income for the year then ended;

●the statement of changes in equity for the year then ended;

●the statement of cash flows for the year then ended; and

●the notes to the financial statements, which include a summary of significant accounting

policies.

Our opinion

In our opinion, the accompanying financial statements of Freightways Limited (the Company),

including its subsidiaries (the Group), present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of

the Group as at 30 June 2020, its financial performance and its cash flows for the year then ended in

accordance with New Zealand Equivalents to International Financial Reporting Standards (NZ IFRS)

and International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS).

Basis for opinion

We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (New Zealand) (ISAs

(NZ)) and International Standards on Auditing (ISAs). Our responsibilities under those standards are

further described in the Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements section of

our report.

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for

our opinion.

We are independent of the Group in accordance with Professional and Ethical Standard 1 International

Code of Ethics for Assurance Practitioners (including International Independence Standard) (New

Zealand) (PES 1) issued by the New Zealand Auditing and Assurance Standards Board and the

International Code of Ethics for Professional Accountants (including International Independence

Standards) issues by the International Ethics Standards Board for Accountants (IESBA Code), and we

have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with these requirements.

Our firm carries out other services for the Group in the areas of agreed upon procedures over the poll

for the shareholder resolutions at the Annual General Meeting and Executives’ remuneration

benchmarking. The provision of these other services has not impaired our independence as auditor of

the Group.





PwC



Our audit approach


Overview


Overall group materiality: $5.0 million, which represents approximately 5% of

profit before tax from continuing operations excluding the one off and non-

operating impact of the increase in the fair value of contingent consideration

recognised in relation to the acquisition of Big Chill Distribution Limited.

We chose profit before tax from continuing operations as the benchmark

because, in our view, it is the benchmark against which the performance of the

Group is most commonly measured by users, and is a generally accepted

benchmark.

We chose to adjust profit before tax as described above because, in our view,

it provides a more stable measure of the Group’s performance.

Following our assessment of the risk of material misstatement:

● Full scope audits were performed for four components of the Group

based on their financial significance;

● Specified audit and analytical review procedures were performed on

the remaining 18 entities.

As reported above, we have two key audit matters, being:

● Revenue recognition

● Impairment assessment of goodwill and indefinite lived brands


As part of designing our audit, we determined materiality and assessed the risks of material

misstatement in the financial statements. In particular, we considered where management made

subjective judgements; for example, in respect of significant accounting estimates that involved

making assumptions and considering future events that are inherently uncertain. As in all of our audits,

we also addressed the risk of management override of internal controls, including among other

matters, consideration of whether there was evidence of bias that represented a risk of material

misstatement due to fraud.

Materiality

The scope of our audit was influenced by our application of materiality. An audit is designed to obtain

reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free from material misstatement.

Misstatements may arise due to fraud or error. They are considered material if, individually or in

aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on

the basis of the financial statements.

Based on our professional judgement, we determined certain quantitative thresholds for materiality,

including the overall Group materiality for the financial statements as a whole as set out above. These,

together with qualitative considerations, helped us to determine the scope of our audit, the nature,

timing and extent of our audit procedures and to evaluate the effect of misstatements, both individually

and in aggregate, on the financial statements as a whole.

How we tailored our group audit scope

We tailored the scope of our audit in order to perform sufficient work to enable us to provide an

opinion on the financial statements as a whole, taking into account the structure of the Group, the

accounting processes and controls, and the industry in which the Group operates.





PwC



Impairment assessment of goodwill

and indefinite lived brands

As disclosed in note 16, the Group has

intangible assets which include goodwill of

$295.5 million and indefinite lived brand

names of $126.9 million as at 30 June

2021.

Goodwill and brand names are allocated

to cash-generating units (CGUs) for the

purpose of impairment testing.

Management performed an annual

impairment assessment using value in

use (VIU) models to determine whether

the carrying value of assets held by each

CGU is recoverable.

Our audit focussed on this area as it

involves estimation and judgement about

future business performance which

includes certain key assumptions such as

revenue growth, EBITDA margin, terminal

year growth rate and the discount rate.

For each CGU, the recoverable amount

based on the value in use was higher than

the carrying value of the CGU and as a

result, no impairment charge was

recognised. However, as disclosed in note

16 the value in use model for The

Information Management Group

(Australia) and New Zealand Document

Exchange would result in impairment if a

reasonably possible change in key

assumptions was to occur.

In addressing the estimation and judgements used in

the value in use models, our audit procedures

included:

● gaining an understanding of the business process

applied by management in preparing the

impairment assessments;

● considering the appropriate determination of each

CGU and recalculating the carrying amounts of

the CGU assets;

● evaluating whether corporate costs had been

allocated appropriately and included in the cash

flows for each CGU;

● testing the mathematical accuracy of the models

used to determine the VIU of each CGU;

● reviewing historical years actual revenue and

EBITDA against the original budgeted

performance to determine the reliability of the

budgeting process and considering the impact on

forecast performance;

● obtaining an understanding of the current and

forecast outlook for the business and

management’s basis for determining the key

assumptions in preparing the forecast cash flows;

● agreeing forecast future performance included in

the impairment assessments to the budgets

approved by the Board of Directors;

● with the assistance of our auditor’s valuation

expert, assessing the appropriateness of the

terminal growth and discount rates as well as

considering industry trends and external market

forecasts for the industry; and

● performing a sensitivity analysis over key

assumptions to determine whether reasonably

possible changes would result in impairment of

goodwill.

These audit procedures were varied to reflect the level

headroom and sensitivity to impairment for each CGU.

We also reviewed the financial statements for

appropriate identification and disclosure of key

assumptions.



PricewaterhouseCoopers, 15 Customs Street West, Private Bag 92162, Auckland 1142, New Zealand

T: +64 9 355 8000, F: +64 9 355 8001, pwc.co.nz


Independent auditor’s report

To the shareholders of Freightways Limited

We have audited the financial statements which comprise:

●the balance sheet as at 30 June 2020;

●the income statement for the year then ended;

●the statement of comprehensive income for the year then ended;

●the statement of changes in equity for the year then ended;

●the statement of cash flows for the year then ended; and

●the notes to the financial statements, which include a summary of significant accounting

policies.

Our opinion

In our opinion, the accompanying financial statements of Freightways Limited (the Company),

including its subsidiaries (the Group), present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of

the Group as at 30 June 2020, its financial performance and its cash flows for the year then ended in

accordance with New Zealand Equivalents to International Financial Reporting Standards (NZ IFRS)

and International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS).

Basis for opinion

We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (New Zealand) (ISAs

(NZ)) and International Standards on Auditing (ISAs). Our responsibilities under those standards are

further described in the Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements section of

our report.

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for

our opinion.

We are independent of the Group in accordance with Professional and Ethical Standard 1 International

Code of Ethics for Assurance Practitioners (including International Independence Standard) (New

Zealand) (PES 1) issued by the New Zealand Auditing and Assurance Standards Board and the

International Code of Ethics for Professional Accountants (including International Independence

Standards) issues by the International Ethics Standards Board for Accountants (IESBA Code), and we

have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with these requirements.

Our firm carries out other services for the Group in the areas of agreed upon procedures over the poll

for the shareholder resolutions at the Annual General Meeting and Executives’ remuneration

benchmarking. The provision of these other services has not impaired our independence as auditor of

the Group.

Annual Report | Financial Year ended 30 June 2021

84 85

Freightways Limited and its subsidiaries |

Independent Auditor's Report

To the shareholders of Freightways Limited

Independent Auditor's Report

To the shareholders of Freightways Limited





PwC



Other information

The Directors are responsible for the other information. The other information comprises the

information included in the Annual report, but does not include the financial statements and our

auditor's report thereon.

Our opinion on the financial statements does not cover the other information and we do not express

any form of audit opinion or assurance conclusion thereon.

In connection with our audit of the financial statements, our responsibility is to read the other

information and, in doing so, consider whether the other information is materially inconsistent with the

financial statements or our knowledge obtained in the audit, or otherwise appears to be materially

misstated. If, based on the work we have performed on the other information that we obtained prior to

the date of this auditor’s report, we conclude that there is a material misstatement of this other

information, we are required to report that fact. We have nothing to report in this regard.

Responsibilities of the Directors for the financial statements

The Directors are responsible, on behalf of the Company, for the preparation and fair presentation of

the financial statements in accordance with NZ IFRS and IFRS, and for such internal control as the

Directors determine is necessary to enable the preparation of financial statements that are free from

material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

In preparing the financial statements, the Directors are responsible for assessing the Group’s ability to

continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the

going concern basis of accounting unless the Directors either intend to liquidate the Group or to cease

operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so.

Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements

Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements, as a

whole, are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s

report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but is not a

guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs (NZ) and ISAs will always detect a

material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered

material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the

economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these financial statements.

A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements is located at the

External Reporting Board’s website at:

https://www.xrb.govt.nz/assurance-standards/auditors-responsibilities/audit-report-1/

This description forms part of our auditor’s report.






PwC



Impairment assessment of goodwill

and indefinite lived brands

As disclosed in note 16, the Group has

intangible assets which include goodwill of

$295.5 million and indefinite lived brand

names of $126.9 million as at 30 June

2021.

Goodwill and brand names are allocated

to cash-generating units (CGUs) for the

purpose of impairment testing.

Management performed an annual

impairment assessment using value in

use (VIU) models to determine whether

the carrying value of assets held by each

CGU is recoverable.

Our audit focussed on this area as it

involves estimation and judgement about

future business performance which

includes certain key assumptions such as

revenue growth, EBITDA margin, terminal

year growth rate and the discount rate.

For each CGU, the recoverable amount

based on the value in use was higher than

the carrying value of the CGU and as a

result, no impairment charge was

recognised. However, as disclosed in note

16 the value in use model for The

Information Management Group

(Australia) and New Zealand Document

Exchange would result in impairment if a

reasonably possible change in key

assumptions was to occur.

In addressing the estimation and judgements used in

the value in use models, our audit procedures

included:

● gaining an understanding of the business process

applied by management in preparing the

impairment assessments;

● considering the appropriate determination of each

CGU and recalculating the carrying amounts of

the CGU assets;

● evaluating whether corporate costs had been

allocated appropriately and included in the cash

flows for each CGU;

● testing the mathematical accuracy of the models

used to determine the VIU of each CGU;

● reviewing historical years actual revenue and

EBITDA against the original budgeted

performance to determine the reliability of the

budgeting process and considering the impact on

forecast performance;

● obtaining an understanding of the current and

forecast outlook for the business and

management’s basis for determining the key

assumptions in preparing the forecast cash flows;

● agreeing forecast future performance included in

the impairment assessments to the budgets

approved by the Board of Directors;

● with the assistance of our auditor’s valuation

expert, assessing the appropriateness of the

terminal growth and discount rates as well as

considering industry trends and external market

forecasts for the industry; and

● performing a sensitivity analysis over key

assumptions to determine whether reasonably

possible changes would result in impairment of

goodwill.

These audit procedures were varied to reflect the level

headroom and sensitivity to impairment for each CGU.

We also reviewed the financial statements for

appropriate identification and disclosure of key

assumptions.



PricewaterhouseCoopers, 15 Customs Street West, Private Bag 92162, Auckland 1142, New Zealand

T: +64 9 355 8000, F: +64 9 355 8001, pwc.co.nz


Independent auditor’s report

To the shareholders of Freightways Limited

We have audited the financial statements which comprise:

●the balance sheet as at 30 June 2020;

●the income statement for the year then ended;

●the statement of comprehensive income for the year then ended;

●the statement of changes in equity for the year then ended;

●the statement of cash flows for the year then ended; and

●the notes to the financial statements, which include a summary of significant accounting

policies.

Our opinion

In our opinion, the accompanying financial statements of Freightways Limited (the Company),

including its subsidiaries (the Group), present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of

the Group as at 30 June 2020, its financial performance and its cash flows for the year then ended in

accordance with New Zealand Equivalents to International Financial Reporting Standards (NZ IFRS)

and International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS).

Basis for opinion

We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (New Zealand) (ISAs

(NZ)) and International Standards on Auditing (ISAs). Our responsibilities under those standards are

further described in the Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements section of

our report.

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for

our opinion.

We are independent of the Group in accordance with Professional and Ethical Standard 1 International

Code of Ethics for Assurance Practitioners (including International Independence Standard) (New

Zealand) (PES 1) issued by the New Zealand Auditing and Assurance Standards Board and the

International Code of Ethics for Professional Accountants (including International Independence

Standards) issues by the International Ethics Standards Board for Accountants (IESBA Code), and we

have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with these requirements.

Our firm carries out other services for the Group in the areas of agreed upon procedures over the poll

for the shareholder resolutions at the Annual General Meeting and Executives’ remuneration

benchmarking. The provision of these other services has not impaired our independence as auditor of

the Group.





PwC



Who we report to

This report is made solely to the Company’s shareholders, as a body. Our audit work has been

undertaken so that we might state those matters which we are required to state to them in an auditor’s

report and for no other purpose. To the fullest extent permitted by law, we do not accept or assume

responsibility to anyone other than the Company and the Company’s shareholders, as a body, for our

audit work, for this report or for the opinions we have formed.


The engagement partner on the audit resulting in this independent auditor’s report is Keren Blakey.

For and on behalf of:

Chartered Accountants

23 August 2021

Auckland






PwC



Impairment assessment of goodwill

and indefinite lived brands

As disclosed in note 16, the Group has

intangible assets which include goodwill of

$295.5 million and indefinite lived brand

names of $126.9 million as at 30 June

2021.

Goodwill and brand names are allocated

to cash-generating units (CGUs) for the

purpose of impairment testing.

Management performed an annual

impairment assessment using value in

use (VIU) models to determine whether

the carrying value of assets held by each

CGU is recoverable.

Our audit focussed on this area as it

involves estimation and judgement about

future business performance which

includes certain key assumptions such as

revenue growth, EBITDA margin, terminal

year growth rate and the discount rate.

For each CGU, the recoverable amount

based on the value in use was higher than

the carrying value of the CGU and as a

result, no impairment charge was

recognised. However, as disclosed in note

16 the value in use model for The

Information Management Group

(Australia) and New Zealand Document

Exchange would result in impairment if a

reasonably possible change in key

assumptions was to occur.

In addressing the estimation and judgements used in

the value in use models, our audit procedures

included:

● gaining an understanding of the business process

applied by management in preparing the

impairment assessments;

● considering the appropriate determination of each

CGU and recalculating the carrying amounts of

the CGU assets;

● evaluating whether corporate costs had been

allocated appropriately and included in the cash

flows for each CGU;

● testing the mathematical accuracy of the models

used to determine the VIU of each CGU;

● reviewing historical years actual revenue and

EBITDA against the original budgeted

performance to determine the reliability of the

budgeting process and considering the impact on

forecast performance;

● obtaining an understanding of the current and

forecast outlook for the business and

management’s basis for determining the key

assumptions in preparing the forecast cash flows;

● agreeing forecast future performance included in

the impairment assessments to the budgets

approved by the Board of Directors;

● with the assistance of our auditor’s valuation

expert, assessing the appropriateness of the

terminal growth and discount rates as well as

considering industry trends and external market

forecasts for the industry; and

● performing a sensitivity analysis over key

assumptions to determine whether reasonably

possible changes would result in impairment of

goodwill.

These audit procedures were varied to reflect the level

headroom and sensitivity to impairment for each CGU.

We also reviewed the financial statements for

appropriate identification and disclosure of key

assumptions.



PricewaterhouseCoopers, 15 Customs Street West, Private Bag 92162, Auckland 1142, New Zealand

T: +64 9 355 8000, F: +64 9 355 8001, pwc.co.nz


Independent auditor’s report

To the shareholders of Freightways Limited

We have audited the financial statements which comprise:

●the balance sheet as at 30 June 2020;

●the income statement for the year then ended;

●the statement of comprehensive income for the year then ended;

●the statement of changes in equity for the year then ended;

●the statement of cash flows for the year then ended; and

●the notes to the financial statements, which include a summary of significant accounting

policies.

Our opinion

In our opinion, the accompanying financial statements of Freightways Limited (the Company),

including its subsidiaries (the Group), present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of

the Group as at 30 June 2020, its financial performance and its cash flows for the year then ended in

accordance with New Zealand Equivalents to International Financial Reporting Standards (NZ IFRS)

and International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS).

Basis for opinion

We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (New Zealand) (ISAs

(NZ)) and International Standards on Auditing (ISAs). Our responsibilities under those standards are

further described in the Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements section of

our report.

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for

our opinion.

We are independent of the Group in accordance with Professional and Ethical Standard 1 International

Code of Ethics for Assurance Practitioners (including International Independence Standard) (New

Zealand) (PES 1) issued by the New Zealand Auditing and Assurance Standards Board and the

International Code of Ethics for Professional Accountants (including International Independence

Standards) issues by the International Ethics Standards Board for Accountants (IESBA Code), and we

have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with these requirements.

Our firm carries out other services for the Group in the areas of agreed upon procedures over the poll

for the shareholder resolutions at the Annual General Meeting and Executives’ remuneration

benchmarking. The provision of these other services has not impaired our independence as auditor of

the Group.


Annual Report | Financial Year ended 30 June 2021

86 87

Freightways Limited and its subsidiaries |

Independent Auditor's Report

To the shareholders of Freightways Limited

Independent Auditor's Report

To the shareholders of Freightways Limited

Annual Report | Financial Year ended 30 June 2021
88 89

Freightways Limited and its subsidiaries |

Group

Note

2021

$000

2020

$000

Operating revenue3 & 4

800,533630,940

Transport and logistics expenses

(309,318)(253,443)

Employee benefits expenses

(226,669)(168,017)

Occupancy expenses

(7,063)(5,143)

General and administration expenses

(69,859)(59,666)

Change in fair value of contingent consideration –

Big Chill Distribution Limited31(23,046)-

Depreciation and software amortisation5

(57,035)(46,876)

Amortisation of intangibles5

(7,652)(3,477)

Other income and expenses5

-(9,598)

Operating profit before interest and income tax99,89184,720

Net interest and finance costs5

(22,667)(18,420)

Profit before income tax

77,22466,300

Income tax:

Tax applicable to profit before income tax

(27,591)(20,355)

Tax benefits as result of tax law change

-1,430

Total income tax6

(27,591)(18,925)

Profit for the year

49,63347,375

Profit for the year is attributable to:

Owners of the parent

49,55547,332

Non-controlling interests

7843

49,63347,375

Earnings per share26

Basic earnings per share (cents)

30.030.0

Diluted earnings per share (cents)

29.929.9

NB: All revenue and earnings are from continuing operations.

The above Income Statement should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.

Income statement

For the year ended 30 June 2021

Financial Summary

For the year ended 30 June 2021

Note

2021

$000

2020

$000

Increase

%

Operating revenue

800,533630,94026.9

EBITA(i)

107,54388,19721.9

N PAT(ii)

49,63347,3754.8

EBITA (excluding other income & expenses)

130,58997,79533.5

NPAT (excluding other income & expenses, net of tax)

72,67956,03629.7

Other income and expenses:

Impairment of intangible assets – software

-(608)

Write-off of obsolete software(iii)

-(2,739)

Impairment of goodwill

-(5,194)

Impairment of brand names

-(1,581)

Acquisition advisory fee

-(981)

Change in fair value of contingent consideration – Big Chill

Distribution Limited(23,046)-

Reversal of accrued earn-out payables

-1,505

Total

(23,046)(9,598)

Tax benefit applicable to other income and expenses

-937

Other income and expenses, net of tax

(23,046)(8,661)

Notes:

(i) Operating profit before interest, income tax and amortisation of intangibles

(ii) Profit for the year attributable to the shareholders

(iii) Software totalling $1.6 million has been written off during the current financial year. This is considered immaterial

and has included within general and administration expenses in the Income Statement rather than be separately

disclosed in other expenses.

The Directors believe that the other income and expenses detailed above should not be included when assessing the

underlying trading performance of the Group.

Annual Report | Financial Year ended 30 June 2021
90 91

Freightways Limited and its subsidiaries |

Mark Verbiest

Chairman

Abigail Foote

Director

Group

Note

2021

$000

2020

$000

Profit for the year (NPAT)

49,63347,375

Other comprehensive income

Items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss:

Exchange differences on translation of foreign operations22

(2,310)1,475

Cash flow hedges taken directly to equity, net of tax22

8801,826

Total other comprehensive income after income tax

(1,430)3,301

Total comprehensive income for the year 48,20350,676

Total comprehensive income for the year is attributable to:

Owners of the parent

48,12550,633

Non-controlling interests

7843

48,20350,676

The above Statement of Comprehensive Income should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.

The Board of Directors of Freightways Limited authorised these financial statements for issue on the date below.

For and on behalf of the Board this 23

rd

day of August 2021.

Statement of changes in equity

For the year ended 30 June 2021

Statement of comprehensive income

For the year ended 30 June 2021

Group



Note

Contributed

equity


$000

Retained

earnings


$000

Cash flow

hedge

reserve

$000

Foreign

currency

translation

reserve


$000

Non-

controlling

interests



$000

Total

equity


$000

Balance at 1 July 2019126,440142,817(3,901)(6,110)124259,370

Profit for the year-47,332--4347,375

Exchange differences

on translation of foreign

operations---1,475-1,475

Cash flow hedges taken

directly to equity, net of tax--1,826--1,826

Total Comprehensive

Income-47,3321,8261,4754350,676

Dividend payments8-(47,403)--(53)(47,456)

Shares issued2254,190----54,190

Balance at 30 June 2020180,630142,746(2,075)(4,635)114316,780

Profit for the year-49,555--7849,633

Exchange differences

on translation of foreign

operations---(2,310)-(2,310)

Cash flow hedges taken

directly to equity, net of tax--880--880

Total Comprehensive

Income-49,555880(2,310)7848,203

Dividend payments8-(25,658)--(44)(25,702)

Shares issued221,941----1,941

Balance at 30 June 2021182,571166,643(1,195)(6,945)148341,222

The above Statement of Changes in Equity should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.

Annual Report | Financial Year ended 30 June 2021
92 93

Freightways Limited and its subsidiaries |

Group

Note2021

$000

2020

$000

Current assets

Cash and cash equivalents919,94016,686

Trade and other receivables10103,947100,381

Income tax receivable-384

Inventories117,4386,019

Total current assets131,325123,470

Non-current assets

Trade receivables and other non-current assets106,8257,348

Property, plant and equipment14128,338134,649

Right-of-use assets15275,849278,142

Intangible assets16494,503498,966

Investment in associates7,5107,842

Total non-current assets913,025926,947

Total assets1,044,3501,050,417

Current liabilities

Trade and other payables18

102,944 87,656

Borrowings (secured)21

-5,210

Lease liabilities1531,07830,641

Income tax payable11,98218,824

Provisions191,5621,225

Derivative financial instruments121,082750

Contract liability2014,59315,142

Total current liabilities163,241159,448

Non-current liabilities

Trade and other payables1851,35227,386

Borrowings (secured)21163,696216,484

Deferred tax liability1736,72641,425

Provisions196,9796,331

Lease liabilities15280,557280,431

Derivative financial instruments125772,132

Total non-current liabilities539,887574,189

Total liabilities703,128733,637

Net assets341,222316,780

Equity

Contributed equity22

182,571180,630

Retained earnings

166,643142,746

Cash flow hedge reserve12

(1,195)(2,075)

Foreign currency translation reserve

(6,945)(4,635)

22

341,074316,666

Non-controlling interests

148114

Total equity

341,222316,780

The above Balance Sheet should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.

Balance sheet

As at 30 June 2021

Group

Note

2021

$000

Inflows

(Outflows)

2020

$000

Inflows

(Outflows)

Cash flows from operating activities

Receipts from customers792,279634,749

Payments to suppliers and employees(594,705)(474,653)

Cash generated from operations197,574160,096

Interest received2248

Interest and other costs of finance paid

(22,748)(19,380)

Income taxes paid(39,835)(13,599)

Net cash inflows from operating activities24135,013127,165

Cash flows from investing activities

Payments for property, plant and equipment(12,360)(18,318)

Payments for software (5,645)(5,313)

Proceeds from disposal of property, plant and equipment399849

Payments for businesses acquired (net of cash acquired) 31-(94,973)

Payments for investment in associates-(7,468)

Receipts from joint venture and associate

3,3541,202

Cash flows from other investing activities(213)(226)

Net cash outflows from investing activities(14,465)(124,247)

Cash flows from financing activities

Dividends paid

(25,702)(47,456)

Increase (decrease) in bank borrowings

(58,985)45,802

Proceeds from issue of ordinary shares79924,126

Principal elements of lease payments(33,319)(24,954)

Net cash outflows from financing activities(117,207)(2,482)

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents3,341436

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

16,68615,986

Exchange rate adjustments (87)264

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year919,94016,686

The above Statement of Cash Flows should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.

Statement of cash flows

For the year ended 30 June 2021

Annual Report | Financial Year ended 30 June 2021
94 95

Freightways Limited and its subsidiaries |

Notes to the financial statements

For the year ended 30 June 2021

Note 1. Summary of significant accounting policies

(a) Reporting entity and statutory base

Freightways Limited is a company registered under the Companies

Act 1993 and is an FMC reporting entity under Part 7 of the

Financial Markets Conduct Act 2013. The financial statements of

the Group have been prepared in accordance with the requirements

of Part 7 of the Financial Markets Conduct Act 2013 and the NZX

Main Board Listing Rules. In accordance with the Financial Markets

Conduct Act 2013, group financial statements are prepared and

presented for Freightways Limited and its subsidiaries. Accordingly,

separate financial statements for Freightways Limited are not

required to be prepared and presented.

The financial statements are stated in New Zealand dollars rounded

to the nearest thousand, unless otherwise indicated.

Basis of preparation

The financial statements of the Group have been prepared in

accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Practice in New

Zealand (NZ GAAP).

The Group is a for-profit entity for the purposes of complying with

NZ GAAP. The financial statements comply with New Zealand

equivalents to International Financial Reporting Standards (NZ

IFRS), other New Zealand accounting standards and authoritative

notices that are applicable to entities that apply NZ IFRS. The

financial statements also comply with International Financial

Reporting Standards (IFRS).

Certain comparatives have been restated to align with the current

year presentation.

The financial statements have been prepared on a historical cost

basis, except for derivative financial instruments, acquisition

earn-out payables, right-of-use assets and lease liabilities, which

have been measured at fair value.

Critical accounting estimates and judgments

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with NZ IFRS

requires the use of certain critical accounting estimates, where

necessary, and may require management to exercise judgement in

the process of applying the Group’s accounting policies. There are

no judgements made that are considered to have a significant risk

of causing a material adjustment to the carrying value of assets

or liabilities. Specific areas of critical accounting estimates and

assumptions used are as follows:

(i) Carrying value of indefinite life intangible assets

Impairment assessments are performed by management,

annually or where there is an indicator of impairment, to assess

the carrying value of indefinite life intangible assets, including

goodwill and brand names. The recoverable amounts of

cash-generating units have been determined based on the

greater of value-in-use and fair value less cost of disposal

calculations. These calculations require the use of estimates.

Refer to Note 16.

(ii) Accounting for contract liability

A contract liability is recorded in the balance sheet reflecting

the future service obligation for courier and postal products

that have been sold in advance of their use. The balance

is supported by reference to historical customer prepaid

product usage patterns. Accordingly, the balance is sensitive to

movements in the future level of customer purchases and use

of prepaid products, which involves estimates. Management

regularly reviews the historical usage patterns to ensure an

appropriate contract liability is recognised.

(iii) Fair value of derivatives

The fair value of financial instruments that are not traded in

an active market is determined by using valuation techniques.

The Group uses its judgement to select a variety of valuation

methods and makes assumptions that are mainly based on

market conditions existing at the end of each reporting period.

(iv) Customer relationships

The estimation of the useful lives of customer relationships

has been based on historical experience. The useful lives are

reviewed at least once per year and adjustments to useful lives

are made when considered necessary.

(v) Acquisition earn-out amounts payable

The valuation of the Group’s acquisition earn-out amounts

payable are based on the post-acquisition performance of the

acquired businesses. These fair value measurements require,

among other things, significant estimation of post-acquisition

performance of the acquired business and judgement on time

value of money. Acquisition earn-out amounts payable shall be

remeasured at their fair value resulting from events or factors

that emerge after the acquisition date, with any resulting

gain or loss recognised in the income statement. Judgement

is applied to determine key assumptions (such as growth in

sales and margins) adopted in the estimate of post-acquisition

performance of the acquired business. Judgement is also

applied to determine the appropriate discount rate applied to

calculate the present value of the amount payable. Changes to

key assumptions may impact the future payable amount. Refer

to Note 31.

(vi) Purchase price allocation for acquisitions

During the financial year ended 30 June 2020, the Group

acquired 100% of the shares in Big Chill Distribution Limited.

This allocation was provisional in the 30 June 2020 financial

statements and has since been finalised (refer Note 31). All

identifiable assets and liabilities including intangible assets

were measured at fair value at acquisition date. In deriving a

fair value for identifiable intangibles, the Group used a variety

of valuations methods and key assumptions to reflect what a

typical market participant would apply if they were to buy or sell

each asset on an individual basis.

(b) Basis of consolidation

(i) Subsidiaries

Subsidiaries are entities that are controlled either directly

by the Company or where the substance of the relationship

between the Company and the entity indicates the Company

controls it. The results of businesses acquired or disposed of

during the year are included in the income statement from the

date of acquisition or up to the date of disposal.

The financial statements include the Company and its

subsidiaries accounted for using the acquisition method. The

cost of an acquisition is measured as the fair value of the assets

acquired, equity instruments issued and liabilities incurred or

assumed at the date of acquisition. Costs directly attributable

to the acquisition are expensed to the income statement.

Identifiable assets acquired, liabilities and contingent liabilities

assumed in a business combination are measured initially at

their fair values at acquisition date. The Group recognises any

non-controlling interest in an acquired entity on an acquisition-

by-acquisition basis either at fair value or as the non-controlling

interest’s proportionate share of the acquired entity’s net

identifiable assets. The excess of the consideration transferred

over the fair value of the Group’s share of the identifiable net

assets acquired is recorded as goodwill.

All material transactions between subsidiaries or between the

Company and subsidiaries are eliminated on consolidation.

Accounting policies of subsidiaries are consistent with those

adopted by the Group.

Any contingent consideration to be transferred by the Group

is recognised at fair value at the acquisition date. Subsequent

changes to the fair value of the contingent consideration that is

deemed to be an asset or liability is recognised in accordance

with NZ IFRS 9 in the income statement. Contingent

consideration that is classified as equity is not remeasured, and

its subsequent settlement is accounted for within equity.

(ii) Joint arrangements and joint ventures

The Group applies NZ IFRS 11 to all joint arrangements. Under

NZ IFRS 11 investments in joint arrangements are classified

as either joint operations or joint ventures depending on

the contractual rights and obligations of each investor. The

Group has assessed the nature of its joint arrangements

and determined them to be joint ventures. Joint ventures are

accounted for using the equity method.

Under the equity method of accounting, interests in joint

ventures are initially recognised at cost and adjusted thereafter

to recognise the Group’s share of the post-acquisition profits or

losses and movements in other comprehensive income. When

the Group’s share of losses in a joint venture equals or exceeds

its interests in the joint venture (which includes any long-

term interests that, in substance, form part of the Group’s net

investment in the joint venture), the Group does not recognise

further losses, unless it has incurred obligations or made

payments on behalf of the joint venture.

Unrealised gains on transactions between the Group and

its joint ventures are eliminated to the extent of the Group’s

interest in the joint ventures. Unrealised losses are also

eliminated unless the transaction provides evidence of an

impairment of the asset transferred. Accounting policies of joint

ventures are changed where necessary to ensure consistency

with the policies adopted by the Group.

(c) Foreign currency translation

(i) Functional and presentation currency

Items included in the financial statements of each entity in the

Group are measured using the currency that best reflects the

primary economic environment in which the entity operates

(the “functional currency”). The financial statements are

presented in New Zealand Dollars, which is the Company’s

functional currency and the Group’s presentation currency.

(ii) Transactions and balances

Transactions in foreign currencies are translated into the

functional currency using the foreign exchange rate ruling at

the date of the transaction. Foreign exchange gains and losses

resulting from the settlement of such transactions and from

the translation at year-end exchange rates of monetary assets

and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are recognised

in the income statement, except when deferred in equity as

qualifying cash flow hedges.

(iii) Foreign operations

The results and balance sheets of foreign operations (none of

which has the currency of a hyperinflationary economy) that

have a functional currency different from the presentation

currency are translated into the presentation currency as

follows:

- assets and liabilities for the balance sheet presented

are translated at the closing rate at the date of the balance

sheet;

- income and expenses for the income statement are

translated at average exchange rates (unless this is not a

reasonable approximation of the cumulative effect of the

rates prevailing on the transaction dates, in which case

income and expenses are translated at the dates of the

transactions); and

- all resulting exchange differences are recognised as

a separate component of equity.

Goodwill and fair value adjustments arising on the acquisition

of a foreign operation are treated as assets and liabilities of the

foreign operation and translated at the closing rate.

Notes to the financial statements

For the year ended 30 June 2021

Annual Report | Financial Year ended 30 June 2021
96 97

Freightways Limited and its subsidiaries |

(d) Impairment of non-financial assets

Assets that have an indefinite life are not subject to amortisation

and are tested annually for impairment. Assets that are subject to

amortisation or depreciation are reviewed for impairment whenever

events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying

amount may not be recoverable. An impairment loss is recognised

for the amount by which the asset’s carrying amount exceeds its

recoverable amount. The recoverable amount is the higher of an

asset’s fair value, less costs of disposal, and value-in-use. For

the purposes of assessing impairment, assets are grouped at the

lowest levels for which there are separately identifiable cash flows

(cash-generating units).

(e) Financial assets

(i) Classification

The Group classifies its financial assets in the following

measurement categories:

- those to be measured subsequently at fair value either

through other comprehensive income or through the

income statement; and

- those to be measured at amortised cost.

The classification depends on the Group’s business model for

managing the financial assets and the contractual terms of the

cash flows. For assets measured at fair value, gains and losses

will either be recorded in the income statement or other

comprehensive income.

(ii) Recognition and derecognition

Regular purchases and sales of financial assets are recognised

on the trade date, i.e. the date on which the Group commits to

purchase or sell the asset. Financial assets are derecognised when

the rights to receive cash flows from the investments have expired

or the Group has transferred substantially all the risks and rewards

of ownership.

(iii) Measurement

At initial recognition, the Group measures a financial asset at its

fair value plus, in the case of a financial asset not at fair value

through the income statement, transaction costs that are directly

attributable to the acquisition of the financial asset. Transaction

costs of financial assets carried at fair value through the income

statement are expensed in the income statement.

(f) Fair value estimation

The fair value of financial assets and financial liabilities is estimated

for recognition and measurement or for disclosure purposes. The

fair value of financial instruments that are not traded in an active

market (for example, over the counter derivatives) are determined

using accepted treasury valuation techniques, such as estimated

discounted cash flows, by an external treasury management

system provider. The carrying value of trade receivables (less

provision for doubtful receivables) and payables approximate their

fair values.

(g) Goods and services tax (GST)

The income statement and statement of cash flows have been

prepared so that all components are stated exclusive of GST. All

items in the balance sheet are stated net of GST, with the exception

of trade receivables and payables, which include GST invoiced.

(h) Changes in accounting policies

The accounting policies and methods of computation are consistent

with those used in the year ended 30 June 2020.

Notes to the financial statements

For the year ended 30 June 2021

Note 2. Accounting treatment of cloud computing arrangements

The Group has capitalised costs incurred in configuring or customising certain suppliers’ application software in certain cloud computing

arrangements as intangible assets (30 June 2021 – $0.8 million; 30 June 2020 – $0.6 million; 1 July 2019 – $1.2 million), as the Group

considered that it would benefit from those costs to implement the cloud-based software over the expected terms of the cloud computing

arrangements. Following the IFRS IC agenda decision on Configuration or Customisation Costs in a Cloud Computing Arrangement in March

2021 (ratified by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB) in April 2021), the Group has commenced a review of these capitalised

costs to determine whether they would need to be expensed or reclassified as prepayments. The IFRS IC concluded that costs incurred in

configuring or customising software in a cloud computing arrangement can be recognised as intangible assets only if the activities create an

intangible asset that the entity controls and the intangible asset meets the recognition criteria. Costs that do not result in intangible assets

are expensed as incurred, unless they are paid to the suppliers of the cloud-based software to significantly customise the cloud-based

software for the Group, in which case the costs paid upfront are recorded as prepayments for services and amortised over the expected

terms of the cloud computing arrangements.

At the time of finalising the 30 June 2021 financial statements, the review process is still in progress, due to the short timeframe between the

release of the agenda decision and the Group’s financial year end, the Group has not had sufficient time to fully assess the potential impact of

the agenda decision. A detailed review of large projects previously capitalised as intangible assets, and project costs recognised as work-in-

progress as at 30 June 2021, needs to be carried out at a transactional level to ensure correct treatment. The Group expects to implement

the updated accounting policy in the next financial period.

Note 3. Segment reporting

A segment is a component of the Group that can be distinguished from other components of the Group by the products or services it sells,

the primary market it operates in and the risks and returns applicable to it. Operating segments are reported upon in a manner consistent

with the internal reporting used by the Chief Executive Officer, as the chief operating decision maker, and the Board for allocating resources,

assessing performance and strategic decision making.

The Group is organised into the following reportable operating segments:

Express package & business mail

Comprises network (hub & spoke) courier, refrigerated transport, point-to-point courier and postal services.

Information management

Comprises secure paper-based and electronic business information management services.

Corporate and other

Comprises corporate, financing and property management services.

The Group has no individual customer that represents more than 4% of external sales revenue.

Notes to the financial statements

For the year ended 30 June 2021

Annual Report | Financial Year ended 30 June 2021
98 99

Freightways Limited and its subsidiaries |

Express

Package &

Business Mail


$000

Information

Management

$000

Corporate

$000

Inter-

segment

Elimination

$000

Consolidated

Operations

$000

Income statement

Sales to external customers629,760170,7703-800,533

Inter-segment sales3,254(104)4,795(7,945)-

Total revenue633,014170,6664,798(7,945)800,533

Operating profit (loss) before change in

fair value of contingent consideration,

interest, income tax, depreciation and

software amortisation and amortisation

of intangibles142,81750,849(6,042)-187,624

Change in fair value of contingent

consideration – Big Chill Distribution

Limited (Note 31)--(23,046)-(23,046)

Operating profit (loss) before

interest, income tax, depreciation and

software amortisation and amortisation

of intangibles142,81750,849(29,088)-164,578

Depreciation and software amortisation(33,323)(21,876)(1,836)-(57,035)

Operating profit (loss) before interest,

income tax and amortisation of

intangibles109,49428,973(30,924)-107,543

Amortisation of intangibles(5,280)(2,372)--(7,652)

Profit (loss) before interest and

income tax104,21426,601(30,924)-99,891

Net interest and finance costs(6,290)(4,881)(11,496)-(22,667)

Profit (loss) before income tax97,92421,720(42,420)-77,224

Income tax(27,208)(6,509)6,126-(27,591)

Profit (loss) for the year attributable

to the shareholders70,71615,211(36,294)-49,633

Balance sheet

Segment assets641,580360,21742,553-1,044,350

Segment liabilities257,853171,871273,406-703,130

As at and for the year ended 30 June 2021:

Express

Package &

Business Mail


$000

Information

Management

$000

Corporate

$000

Inter-

Segment

Elimination

$000

Consolidated

Operations

$000

Income statement

Sales to external customers472,151158,7836-630,940

Inter-segment sales2,272 (58)4,900 (7,114) -

Total revenue474,423158,7254,906(7,114) 630,940

Operating profit (loss) before

other income and expense,

interest, income tax, depreciation

and software amortisation and

amortisation of intangibles101,69047,055(4,074) -144,671

Other income and expenses(3,347)(5,270)(981)-(9,598)

Operating profit (loss) before interest,

income tax, depreciation and software

amortisation and amortisation of

intangibles98,343 41,785(5,055) -135,073

Depreciation and software amortisation(23,929) (21,215) (1,732) -(46,876)

Operating profit (loss) before interest,

income tax and amortisation of

intangibles74,41420,570 (6,787) -88,197

Amortisation of intangibles(1,168)(2,309)--(3,477)

Profit (loss) before interest and

income tax73,24618,261(6,787)-84,720

Net interest and finance costs(3,810)(5,188)(9,422)-(18,420)

Profit (loss) before income tax69,43613,073(16,209)-66,300

Income tax(18,815)(5,492)5,382-(18,925)

Profit (loss) for the year attributable

to the shareholders50,6217,581(10,827) -47,375

Balance sheet

Segment assets646,991360,58242,844-1,050,417

Segment liabilities259,016162,098312,523-733,637

Segment assets and liabilities are disclosed net of inter-company balances.

For the year ended 30 June 2021, external revenue from customers in the Group's New Zealand and Australian operations was $672.1

million and $128.4 million, respectively (2020: $513.6 million and $117.3 million, respectively). As at 30 June 2021, non-current assets

in respect of the New Zealand and Australian operations (excluding deferred tax assets and financial assets) were $457.8 million and

$172.5 million, respectively (2020: $468.5 million and $173.0 million, respectively).

As at and for the year ended 30 June 2020:

Notes to the financial statements

For the year ended 30 June 2021

Notes to the financial statements

For the year ended 30 June 2021

Annual Report | Financial Year ended 30 June 2021
100 101

Freightways Limited and its subsidiaries |

The Group derives revenue from the transfer of goods and services over time and at a point in time in the following major product lines:

Express Package

& Refrigerated

Transport

PostalStorage &

Handling

Destruction

Activities

OtherTotal

2021

$000$000$000$000$000$000

Revenue from external

customers572,62348,47560,69470,61648,125800,533

Timing of revenue

recognition:

At a point in time

-2,706-20,49211,00934,207

Over time572,62345,76960,69450,12437,116766,326

572,62348,47560,69470,61648,125800,533

Express Package

& Refrigerated

Transport

PostalStorage &

Handling

Destruction

Activities

OtherTotal

2020

$000$000$000$000$000$000

Revenue from external

customers421,66849,12260,29561,59238,263630,940

Timing of revenue

recognition:

At a point in time

-3,191-18,30710,17631,674

Over time421,66845,93160,29543,28528,087599,266

421,66849,12260,29561,59238,263630,940

Note 4. Revenue from contracts with customers

Revenue recognition

The majority of contracts the Group entered into with its customers contain multiple performance obligations. The transaction price is

allocated to each performance obligation based on the stand-alone selling prices. As the stand-alone selling prices of all goods and services

provided are observable and there is no implicit discount offered, transaction prices allocated to individual performance obligations usually

match with respective stand-alone selling prices.

(i) Express package & business mail – courier, refrigerated transport & storage and postal services

The Group operates network (hub & spoke) courier, refrigerated transport and storage, point-to-point courier and postal services.

Revenue from these services is recognised over the time of delivery, being from the time of acceptance of the goods to delivery to the final

destination. Revenue from sale of postal products is recognised at the point the sale occurs. Income invoiced and received in advance of

a service being provided is recorded in the balance sheet as ‘Contract Liability’. This income is brought to account in the year in which the

service is provided. Revenue from refrigerated storage is recognised over time in the reporting period in which the service is provided.

(ii) Information management – storage and destruction revenue

The Group provides archive management services for documents and computer media, including storage, retrieval and destruction

services. The Group also provides secure handling, treatment and disposal of clinical waste and related services. Revenue from these

services is recognised over time in the reporting period in which the service is provided. Revenue from sale of archive boxes, computer

media and products generated from destruction activities is recognised when control of the products has transferred, being when the

products are delivered to the customer.

(iii) Information management – digital services

The Group provides digital information management services, including imaging and document capture (scanning), data extraction,

customised digital workflow solutions and application (app) development, under fixed-price and variable-price contracts. Revenue

from providing these digital information management services is recognised in the period in which the services are rendered. For

fixed-price contracts, revenue is recognised based on the actual service provided to the end of the reporting period as a proportion of

the total service to be provided, because the service does not create an asset with an alternative use to the Group and the Group has an

enforceable right to payment for performance completed. This revenue is determined based on the efforts expended relative to the total

expected effort.

Estimates of revenues, costs or extent of progress towards completion are revised if circumstances change. Any resulting increases or

decreases in estimated revenues or costs are reflected in the income statement in the period in which the circumstances that give rise to

the revision become known by management.

In the case of fixed-price contracts, the customer pays the fixed amount based on a payment schedule. If the services rendered by

the Group exceed the payment, a contract asset is recognised. If the payments exceed the services rendered, a contract liability is

recognised.

If the contract includes an hourly fee, revenue is recognised in the amount to which the Group has a right to invoice.

(iv) Financing components

The Group does not expect to have any contracts where the period between the transfer of the promised goods or services to the

customer and payment by the customer exceeds one year. As a consequence, the Group does not adjust any of the transaction prices for

the time value of money.

(v) Interest income

Interest income is recognised on a time-proportionate basis using the effective interest method, which takes into account the effective

yield on the relevant financial asset.

(vi) Dividend income

Dividend income from investments is recognised when the shareholder’s right to receive payment is established.

Notes to the financial statements

For the year ended 30 June 2021

Notes to the financial statements

For the year ended 30 June 2021

Annual Report | Financial Year ended 30 June 2021
102 103

Freightways Limited and its subsidiaries |

Group

Note

2021

$000

2020

$000

Income

Interest income2247

Operating expenses

Net loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment367951

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment1417,00014,762

Depreciation of right-of-use assets1535,14828,409

Amortisation of intangible assets167,6523,477

Amortisation of software164,8873,705

Auditor’s fees

Audit of annual financial statements and review of interim

financial statements622541

Annual Shareholders Meeting – agreed upon procedures

99

Executives’ remuneration benchmarking3130

Costs of offering credit

Impairment loss on trade receivables3291,024

Interest and finance costs

Interest on bank borrowings10,1109,715

Interest on leases11,1118,752

Derivative fair value movement1,468-

Other

Directors’ fees612607

Donations252296

Change in fair value of contingent consideration –

Big Chill Distribution Limited31 & (i)23,046-

Other income and expenses

– Impairment of goodwill(ii)-5,194

– Impairment of brand names(ii)-1,581

– Impairment of intangible assets – software(iii)-608

– Write-off of obsolete software(iii)-2,739

Acquisition advisory fee(iv)-981

Reversal of accrued earn-out payables(v)-(1,505)

Note 5. Income and expenses

Profit before income tax includes the following specific income and expenses:

(i) The estimated discounted future final payment for the BCD has been increased from $27.2 million as at 30 June 2020 to $51.3 million as

at 30 June 2021. This increase of $23 million (net of impact of unwinding of discount on acquisition earn-out liability of $1 million) reflects

the strong performance of BCD, which will determine the final payment for the acquisition of the company, to be made in August 2022.

Refer Note 31.

(ii) Impairment loss in respect of (a) the carrying value of goodwill and brand names recognised upon the acquisition of the LitSupport print

& copy bureau ($5.8 million), and (b) an amount of the goodwill originally recognised upon the acquisition of the NSW-based State Waste

Services (SWS) business ($1 million) with $1.5 million earn-out payable for SWS reversed in 2020, refer (v) below.

(iii) Write-off of internally-developed software considered obsolete as a result of the accelerated introduction of new software applications

and systems in response to business and market demands.

(iv) Advisory fee paid for assistance with the successful acquisition of Big Chill Distribution Limited.

(v) Reversal of previously-accrued earn-out payables no longer expected to be paid related to the acquisition of SWS.

Income and expenses classified as “non-recurring” in the 30 June 2020 financial statements have been reclassified as “other income and

expenses” in the current period to remove the presentation of non-NZ GAAP financial measures within the income statement.

Notes to the financial statements

For the year ended 30 June 2021

Notes to the financial statements

For the year ended 30 June 2021

Annual Report | Financial Year ended 30 June 2021
104 105

Freightways Limited and its subsidiaries |

Group

2021

$000

2020

$000

Imputation credits account

Imputation credits available for use in subsequent reporting periods55,13135,196

The above amounts represent the balance of the imputation account as at the end of the reporting period, adjusted for:

(a) Imputation credits that will arise from the payment of the amount of the provision for income tax;

(b) Imputation debits that will arise from the payment of dividends recognised as a liability at the reporting date; and

(c) Imputation credits that will arise from the receipt of dividends recognised as receivables at the reporting date.

2021Before tax

$000

Tax (charge) /credit

$000

After tax

$000

Exchange difference on translation of foreign operations(2,310)-(2,310)

Cash flow hedges taken directly to equity 1,222(342)880

Other comprehensive income(1,088)(342)(1,430)

Current tax-

Deferred tax (342)

(342)

2020Before tax

$000

Tax (charge) /credit

$000

After tax

$000

Exchange difference on translation of foreign operations1,475-1,475

Cash flow hedges taken directly to equity 2,536(710)1,826

Other comprehensive income4,011(710)3,301

Current tax-

Deferred tax (710)

(710)

Group

2021

$000

2020

$000

Current tax

Current tax on profit for the year34,02222,964

Deferred tax (Note 17):

Reversal of temporary differences(6,431)(2,609)

Reversal arising from change in tax law-(1,430)

Total deferred tax(6,431)(4,039)

Income tax expense27,59118,925

Income tax applicable to the Group’s net profit before tax differs from the theoretical amount that would arise using the weighted

average tax rate applicable to the profits of the consolidated entities, as follows:

Profit before income tax77,22466,300

Income tax calculated at domestic tax rates applicable to the accounting

profits in the respective countries21,77318,525

Tax-effect of amounts which are treated differently when calculating

taxable income:

- Additional amounts non-deductible 5,7271,275

- Adjustment for change in tax law – deferred tax on re-introduction

of deductibility of building depreciation-(1,430)

- Other91555

Income tax expense27,59118,925

The Group has no tax losses (2020: Nil).

Note 6. Income tax expense

The income tax expense for the year is the tax payable on the current year’s taxable income based on the income tax rate for each jurisdiction

adjusted by changes in deferred tax assets and liabilities attributable to temporary differences between the tax bases of assets and liabilities

and their carrying amounts in the financial statements.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognised for temporary differences at the tax rates expected to apply when the assets are recovered

or liabilities are settled, based on those tax rates which are enacted or substantively enacted for each jurisdiction. The relevant tax rates

are applied to the cumulative amounts of deductible and taxable temporary differences to measure the deferred tax asset or liability. An

exception is made for certain temporary differences arising from the initial recognition of an asset or a liability. No deferred tax asset or

liability is recognised in relation to these temporary differences if they arose as a result of a transaction, other than a business combination,

that at the time of the transaction did not affect either accounting profit or taxable income. No deferred tax liability is recognised if it arises

from initial recognition of goodwill from a business combination.

Deferred tax assets are recognised for deductible temporary differences and unused tax losses only if it is probable that future taxable

amounts will be available to utilise those temporary differences and losses.

Current and deferred tax balances attributable to amounts that have been recognised in other comprehensive income or directly in equity,

are also taken to other comprehensive income or directly to equity, respectively.

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is a legally enforceable right to offset current tax assets against current tax

liabilities and when the deferred income tax assets and liabilities relate to income taxes levied by the same taxation authority on either the

same taxable entity or different taxable entities where there is an intention to settle the balances on a net basis.

The Group is yet to assess the potential impact of the IFRIC agenda decision on cloud computing arrangements (refer Note 2). This change in

accounting treatment may give rise to temporary differences. Other than this, there are no unrecognised temporary differences (2020: Nil).

The tax (charge)/credit relating to components of other comprehensive income is as follows:

Notes to the financial statements

For the year ended 30 June 2021

Notes to the financial statements

For the year ended 30 June 2021

Annual Report | Financial Year ended 30 June 2021
106 107

Freightways Limited and its subsidiaries |

Note 7. Impact of COVID-19

The on-going COVID-19 global pandemic has accelerated a number of trends that were already evident before the start of the pandemic.

Amongst them is a faster adoption of online shopping that positively impacts volume for Freightways’ express package businesses. At the

same time, with a number of information management’s customers having employees working from home and using less paper, some

of the information management activities continue to recover at a slower pace. This slower recovery is partially mitigated by continuing to

develop new service lines and managing costs. The risk of a resurgence of COVID-19 in New Zealand or Australia creates a continued level

of uncertainty, although Freightways’ businesses are now well prepared to operate efficiently in different levels of lockdown. During the year,

$0.8 million was received from the Australian government in relation to the JobKeeper subsidy.

Group

2021

$000

2020

$000

Recognised amounts

Fully imputed dividends declared and paid during the year:

No final dividend paid for 2020 (2019: 15.5 cents)-24,084

Interim dividend for 2021 at 15.5 cents per share (2020: 15.0 cents)25,65823,319

25,65847,403

Unrecognised amounts

Final dividend for 2021 at 18 cents per share (2020: nil)29,797-

Group

2021

$000

2020

$000

Cash at bank19,83316,578

Overnight deposits107108

Cash and cash equivalents in statement of cash flows19,94016,686

Note 8. Dividends

Note 9. Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash balances and overnight deposits. Bank overdrafts that are repayable on demand and form an

integral part of the Group’s cash management are included as a component of cash and cash equivalents for the purpose of the statement

of cash flows. Bank overdrafts are shown within borrowings in the current liabilities on the balance sheet to the extent they exceed the legal

right of off-set against cash included in current assets.

Notes to the financial statements

For the year ended 30 June 2021

Notes to the financial statements

For the year ended 30 June 2021

Annual Report | Financial Year ended 30 June 2021
108 109

Freightways Limited and its subsidiaries |

Group

2021

$000

2020

$000

Current

Trade receivables90,71188,923

Provision for doubtful receivables(3,014)(2,909)

87,69786,014

Accrued revenue7744,841

Other debtors and prepayments14,9638,994

Share plan loans receivable from employee513532

103,947100,381

Non-current

Share plan loans receivable from employees373325

Other non-current assets6,4527,023

6,8257,348

Trade receivables are non-interest bearing and are generally on 7-30 day terms.

Recoverability of trade and other receivables is reviewed on an ongoing basis. Amounts that are known to be uncollectible are written-

off when identified. The Group applies a simplified approach in calculating expected credit losses, which uses a lifetime expected loss

allowance for all trade receivables. To measure the expected credit losses, trade receivables have been grouped based on shared credit

risk characteristics and the days past due. For other receivables, an allowance for doubtful receivables is raised when there is objective

evidence that the Group will not be able to collect all amounts due according to the original terms of the receivable.

The movements in the provision for doubtful receivables for the Group were as follows:

Group

2021

$000

2020

$000

Opening balance2,9091,500

Provision for doubtful receivables1761,152

Receivables written off during the year as uncollectible(73)(106)

Provisions added from acquired businesses-350

Exchange rate movement213

Closing balance (Note 29.1(b))3,0142,909

Note 10. Trade receivables and other non-current assets

Trade and other receivables are recognised at their fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest

rate, less provision for impairment.

Group

2021

$000

2020

$000

Finished goods3,4912,576

Ticket stocks, uniforms and consumables3,9473,443

7,4386,019

Note 11. Inventories

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost, determined on a first-in-first-out basis, and net realisable value. Full provision is made for

obsolescence, where applicable. Net realisable value is the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business, less the estimated

costs of completion and the estimated costs necessary to make the sale. The cost of inventories recognised as an expense and included in

‘general and administration expenses’ amounted to $11.3 million (2020: $10.7 million).

Note 12. Derivative financial instruments

Derivative financial instruments, such as interest rate caps and collar contracts and interest rate swaps, are entered into from time to time

to manage interest rate exposure on borrowings. Forward exchange contracts are also entered into from time to time to manage foreign

exchange exposures. Derivative financial instruments are initially recognised at fair value on the date a derivative contract is entered into

and are subsequently remeasured to their fair value at the reporting date. The method of recognising the resultant gain or loss depends on

whether the derivative financial instrument is designated as a hedging instrument, and if so, the nature of the item being hedged. The Group

designates derivative financial instruments as either fair value hedges (hedges of the fair value of recognised assets or liabilities or a firm

commitment) or cash flow hedges (hedges of highly probable forecast transactions).

At the inception of the transaction, the Group documents the relationship between the hedging instrument and the hedged item, as well as

its risk management objective and strategy for undertaking the hedge transaction. The Group also documents its assessment, both at hedge

inception and on an ongoing basis, of whether the derivative financial instruments that are used in hedging transactions have been and will

continue to be highly effective in offsetting changes in fair values or cash flows of hedged items.

(i) Cash flow hedges

The effective portion of changes in the fair value of derivative financial instruments that are designated and qualify as cash flow hedges

is recognised in equity in the cash flow hedge reserve. The gain or loss relating to any ineffective portion is recognised immediately in the

income statement.


Amounts taken to equity are transferred to the income statement when the hedged transaction affects profit or loss, such as when

hedged income or expenses are recognised or when a forecast sale or purchase occurs. When the hedged item is the cost of a non-

financial asset or liability, the amounts taken to equity are transferred to the initial carrying amount of the non-financial asset or liability.


If the forecast transaction is no longer expected to occur, amounts previously recognised in equity are immediately transferred to

the income statement. If the hedging instrument expires or is sold, terminated or exercised without replacement or rollover, or if its

designation as a hedge is revoked, amounts previously recognised in equity remain in equity until the forecast transaction occurs. If the

related transaction is not expected to occur, the amount is taken immediately to the income statement.

(ii) Derivatives that do not qualify for hedge acounting

Changes in the fair value of derivative financial instruments that do not qualify for hedge accounting or where hedge accounting has not

been adopted are recognised immediately in the income statement.

Notes to the financial statements

For the year ended 30 June 2021

Notes to the financial statements

For the year ended 30 June 2021

Annual Report | Financial Year ended 30 June 2021
110 111

Freightways Limited and its subsidiaries |

Group

2021

$000

2020

$000

Asset (Liability)Asset (Liability)

Current

Interest rate swaps – cash flow hedge(1,039)(742)

Foreign currency options – cash flow hedge -(8)

Forward foreign exchange contracts – cash flow hedge(43)-

(1,082)(750)

Non-current

Interest rate swaps – cash flow hedge(791)(3,783)

Forward foreign exchange contracts – cash flow hedge2141,651

(577)(2,132)

Change in fair value of hedging instrument

recognised in OCI

8(1,481)2,6951,222

Less: Deferred tax

(2)415(755)(342)

Balance at 30 June 2021-123(1,318)(1,195)

Cash flow hedge reserve

Intrinsic

value of

options


$000

Spot

component

of currency

forwards


$000

Interest

rate swaps


$000

Total hedge

reserve




$000

Balance at 1 July 2019(267)458(4,092)(3,901)

Change in fair value of hedging instrument

recognised in Other Comprehensive Income (OCI)

3621,0151,1592,536

Less: Deferred tax

(101)(284)(325)(710)

Balance at 30 June 2020(6)1,189(3,258)(2,075)

The Group’s hedging reserves relate to the following hedging instruments:

NZDAUD

2021

$000

2020

$000

2021

$000

2020

$000

Interest rate swaps:

Notional amount42,00054,00020,00036,500

Maturity date05/22 – 05/2509/20 – 05/25 01/22 – 07/2309/20 – 07/23

Hedge ratio1:11:11:11:1

Change in fair value of outstanding

hedging instrument

1,6335221,061637

Change in value of hedge item used to

determine hedge effectiveness

(1,633)(522)(1,061)(637)

Weighted average strike rate for the year2.9%4.5%3.8%3.9%

Foreign currency options:

Notional amount-5,834--

Maturity date-07/20 – 05/21--

Hedge ratio-1:1--

Change in fair value of outstanding hedging

instrument

8362--

Change in value of hedge item used to

determine hedge effectiveness

(8)(362)--

Weighted average strike rate for the yearUSD0.68: NZD1USD0.66: NZD1--

Forward foreign exchange contracts:

Notional amount18,38118,381--

Maturity date07/21 – 06/2407/19 – 06/24--

Hedge ratio1:11:1--

Change in fair value of outstanding hedging

instrument

(1,481)1,014--

Change in value of hedge item used to

determine hedge effectiveness

1,481(1,014)--

Weighted average strike rate for the year----

There was no derivative movement recognised in the income statement during the year (2020: nil).

Effects of hedge accounting on the financial position and performance are:

Notes to the financial statements

For the year ended 30 June 2021

Notes to the financial statements

For the year ended 30 June 2021

Annual Report | Financial Year ended 30 June 2021
112 113

Freightways Limited and its subsidiaries |

Hedge effectiveness

Hedge effectiveness is determined at the inception of the hedge relationship, and through periodic prospective effectiveness assessments to

ensure that an economic relationship exists between the hedged item and the hedging instrument.

For hedges of foreign currency purchases, the Group enters into hedge relationships where the critical terms of the hedging instrument

match exactly with the terms of the hedged item. The Group therefore performs a qualitative assessment of effectiveness. If changes in

circumstances affect the terms of the hedged item such that the critical terms no longer match exactly with the critical terms of the hedging

instrument, the Group uses the hypothetical derivative method to assess effectiveness.

In hedges of foreign currency purchases, ineffectiveness may arise if the timing of the forecast transaction changes from what was originally

estimated, or if there are changes in the credit risk of the Group or the derivative counterparty.

The Group enters into interest rate swaps that have similar critical terms as the hedged item, such as reference rate, reset dates, payment

dates, maturities and notional amount. The Group does not hedge 100% of its loans, therefore the hedged item is identified as a proportion of

the outstanding loans up to the notional amount of the swaps. As all critical terms matched during the year, the economic relationship was

100% effective.

Hedge ineffectiveness for interest rate swaps is assessed using the same principles as for hedges of foreign currency purchases. It may

occur due to:

– The credit or debit value adjustment on the interest rate swaps not being matched by the loan; and

– Differences in critical terms between the interest rate swaps and loans.

Name of entityPrincipal activities

Country of

Incorporation

Air Freight NZ LimitedExpress package linehaulNew Zealand

Big Chill Distribution LimitedTemperature-controlled transport & facilitiesNew Zealand

Castle Parcels LimitedExpress package servicesNew Zealand

Fieldair Engineering LimitedGeneral & aviation engineering servicesNew Zealand

Fieldair Holdings LimitedAviation-related servicesNew Zealand

Freightways Finance LimitedGroup treasury managementNew Zealand

Freightways Information Services LimitedIT infrastructure support servicesNew Zealand

Freightways Properties LimitedProperty managementNew Zealand

Freightways Trustee Company LimitedTrustee of Freightways Employee Share PlanNew Zealand

Info Management Services Australia LPAustralian treasury servicesAustralia

LitSupport Pty LimitedInformation managementAustralia

Med-X Pty LimitedInformation managementAustralia

Messenger Services LimitedExpress package servicesNew Zealand

New Zealand Couriers LimitedExpress package servicesNew Zealand

New Zealand Document Exchange LimitedBusiness mailNew Zealand

NOW Couriers LimitedExpress package servicesNew Zealand

Parceline Express LimitedExpress package linehaulNew Zealand

Post Haste LimitedExpress package servicesNew Zealand

Shred-X Pty LimitedInformation managementAustralia

The Information Management Group (NZ) LimitedInformation managementNew Zealand

The Information Management Group Pty LimitedInformation managementAustralia

There has been no change in investments in subsidiaries during the year.

Note 13. Investments in subsidiaries

The Company’s investment in its only directly-owned subsidiary, Freightways Express Limited (FEL), comprises shares at cost. Listed below

are all the significant subsidiaries wholly-owned directly or indirectly by FEL. All subsidiaries have a balance date of 30 June.

Notes to the financial statements

For the year ended 30 June 2021

Notes to the financial statements

For the year ended 30 June 2021

Annual Report | Financial Year ended 30 June 2021
114 115

Freightways Limited and its subsidiaries |

Land

$000

Buildings

$000

Leasehold

Alterations

$000

Motor

Vehicles

$000

Equipment

$000

Total

$000

Group

(restat-

ed) (restated)

2021

Opening net book value15,77119,00412,223 29,32758,324134,649

Additions-131,2634,0077,15112,434

Acquisitions through business

combinations (Note 31)

---11-11

Transferred to intangible assets

(Note 16)

----(1,115)(1,115)

Depreciation expense-(1,576)(1,826)(4,551)(9,047)(17,000)

Disposals--(66)(240)(459)(765)

Exchange rate movement11753467124

Closing net book value15,78217,44811,59928,58854,921128,338

As at end of year

Cost15,78239,84719,87345,013138,046258,561

Accumulated depreciation-(22,399)(8,274)(16,425) (83,125)(130,223)

Net book value15,78217,44811,59928,58854,921128,338

Note 14. Property, plant and equipment

Property, plant and equipment are stated at historical cost less accumulated depreciation and any accumulated impairment losses.

Historical cost includes all expenditure directly attributable to the acquisition or construction of the item, including interest.

Subsequent costs are included in the asset’s carrying amount or recognised as a separate asset, as appropriate, only when it is probable that

future economic benefits associated will flow to the Group and the cost of the asset can be measured reliably. Such cost includes the cost of

replacing parts that are eligible for capitalisation when the cost of replacing the parts is incurred. The carrying amount of the replaced part is

derecognised. All other repairs and maintenance costs are recognised in the income statement as incurred.

Depreciation is calculated on a straight-line basis on all tangible fixed assets, other than land and leasehold improvements, so as to expense

the cost of the assets to their estimated residual values over their estimated useful lives. Land is not depreciated. Leasehold improvements

are depreciated over the shorter of the unexpired period of the lease and the estimated useful life of the improvements. Estimated useful

lives are as follows:

Estimated useful life

Buildings 25 to 50 years

Leasehold alterations Shorter of the period of the lease or estimated useful life

Motor vehicles 5 to 10 years

Equipment 3 to 20 years

The assets’ residual values and useful lives are reviewed, and adjusted if appropriate, at each balance date.

Interest and finance costs incurred for the construction of a qualifying asset are capitalised during the period of time that is required to

complete and prepare the asset for its intended use. Other interest and finance costs are expensed.

Land

$000

Buildings

$000

Leasehold

Alterations

$000

Motor

Vehicles

$000

Equipment

$000

Total

$000

Group(restated)(restated)

2020

Opening net book value13,615 20,250 3,903 10,80458,138106,710

Additions2,1203441,875 4,823 9,167 18,329

Acquisitions through

business combinations

--7,45717,14578225,384

Depreciation expense-(1,621) (932) (2,323) (9,886) (14,762)

Disposals--(125)(1,331) (343) (1,799)

Exchange rate movement36 31 45 209 466 787

Closing net book value15,771 19,004 12,223 29,32758,324134,649

As at end of year

Cost15,771 39,827 19,36342,167 134,799 251,927

Accumulated depreciation-(20,823) (7,140) (12,840) (76,475) (117,278)

Net book value15,771 19,004 12,22329,32758,324 134,649

Land totalling $0.1 million as at 30 June 2019 has been reclassified to leasehold alterations in the opening balance for the financial

year ended 30 June 2020 to accurately reflect the nature of the asset.

The cost of equipment in respect of assets under construction for which depreciation has not commenced as at 30 June 2021 is

$0.1 million (2020: $0.5 million).

The latest independent valuations of land and buildings (performed in June 2020) assess these assets to have a total fair value of

$88.4 million. The fair values have been derived using the direct capitalisation approach. The valuation technique uses significant

unobservable inputs, namely capitalisation rate and potential new market income of land and buildings. Therefore, these are considered

level 3 valuations, as defined in Note 29.1(d).

Note 15. Leases

This note provides information for leases where the Group is a lessee.

The Group’s leases predominantly relate to property, equipment and vehicles. Rental contracts are typically made for fixed periods of 3 to

12 years but may have extension options. Lease terms are negotiated on an individual basis and contains a wide range of different terms

and conditions. The lease agreements do not impose covenants other than the leased assets may not be used as security for borrowing

purposes. The right-of-use (ROU) asset is depreciated over the shorter of the asset’s useful life and the expected lease term on a straight-

line basis.

Lease liabilities have been measured at the present value of the remaining lease payments, discounted using a discount rate derived from

the incremental borrowing rate (IBR) when the interest rate implicit in the lease was not readily available. Factors taken into consideration

when calculating the IBR for each asset category included observable market rates, economic conditions and lease tenure. The incremental

borrowing rates applied to lease liabilities range between 1.69% to 4.39% (2020: 2.45% to 4.23%), with a weighted average rate of 3.69%

(2020: 3.61%).

Some property leases contain an extension option exercisable by the Group. At the commencement of a lease, the Group assesses whether

it is reasonably certain an extension option will be exercised. The assessment is reviewed if a significant event or a significant change in

circumstances occurs which affects this assessment and that is within the control of the Group. The extension options are only exercisable

by the Group and not the lessor. Where it is reasonably certain the extension will be exercised, that extension period and related costs are

recognised on the balance sheet.

Notes to the financial statements

For the year ended 30 June 2021

Notes to the financial statements

For the year ended 30 June 2021

Annual Report | Financial Year ended 30 June 2021
116 117

Freightways Limited and its subsidiaries |

The balance sheet shows the following amounts relating to leases:

Group

2021

$000

2020

$000

Right-of-use assets

Opening net book value278,142-

Recognised on transition-200,068

Lease additions, modifications and terminations32,671104,550

Depreciation for the year(35,148)(28,409)

Exchange rate movement1841,933

Closing net book value275,849278,142

Cost393,757367,280

Accumulated depreciation(117,908)(89,138)

Closing net book value275,849278,142

Group

2021

$000

2020

$000

Right-of-use assets

Buildings257,385259,023

Equipment3,6476,823

Motor vehicles14,81712,296

275,849278,142

The following tables show the movements and analysis in relation to the ROU assets and lease liabilities created upon adoption of

NZ IFRS 16.

Group

2021

$000

2020

$000

Lease liabilities

Operating lease commitments discounted using the Group's incremental

borrowing rate -112,229

Adjustments as a result of different treatment of extension and termination options-111,084

Opening lease liabilities311,072223,313

Lease additions, modifications and terminations32,929109,787

Interest for the year11,1118,752

Lease repayments(43,725)(33,706)

Other lease liabilities-668

Exchange rate movement2482,258

Closing lease liabilities311,635311,072

Group

2021

$000

2020

$000

Lease liabilities

Current31,07830,641

Non-current280,557280,431

311,635311,072

Lease liabilities maturity analysis:

2021

Minimum lease

payments

$000

Interest

$000

Present value

$000

Within one year41,67410,59931,075

One to five years137,30833,456103,852

Beyond five years210,06433,356176,708

Total389,04677,411311,635

2020

Within one year41,44910,80830,641

One to five years127,50634,83592,671

Beyond five years227,22239,462187,760

Total396,17785,105311,072

Lease related expenses included in the income statement:

Group

2021

$000

2020

$000

Depreciation charge for right-of-use assets

Buildings26,24422,099

Motor vehicles6,5023,432

Equipment2,4022,878

35,14828,409

Interest on leases11,1118,752

Total cash outflow in relation to leases is $43.7 million (2020: $33.7 million).

Notes to the financial statements

For the year ended 30 June 2021

Notes to the financial statements

For the year ended 30 June 2021

Annual Report | Financial Year ended 30 June 2021
118 119

Freightways Limited and its subsidiaries |

Note 16. Intangible assets

(i) Goodwill

Goodwill represents the excess of the consideration transferred in an acquisition over the fair value of the Group’s share of the net

identifiable assets of the acquired business at the date of acquisition. Goodwill is not amortised, but is tested for impairment annually

or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that it might be impaired, and is carried at cost less accumulated impairment

losses. Goodwill is allocated to cash-generating units for the purpose of impairment testing.

(ii) Brand Names

Acquired brand names are recognised at cost, being their fair value at the date of acquisition if acquired in a business combination. Brand

names with indefinite useful lives are not subject to amortisation, but are tested for impairment annually or whenever events or changes

in circumstances indicate that they might be impaired, and are carried at cost less amortisation and impairment losses. The useful lives

and amortisation methods are reviewed and adjusted, if appropriate, at each balance sheet date.

Brand names are allocated to cash-generating units for the purpose of impairment testing. The allocation is made to those cash-

generating units or groups of cash-generating units that are expected to benefit from the brand names.

An independent valuation of the brand names was conducted by Deloitte in August 2021. This independent report assessed the fair

market value of the brand names as at 30 June 2021 to be between $483 million and $530 million, using the value-in-use approach.

The valuation technique uses significant unobservable inputs, namely discount rate, growth rate and cash flow. Therefore, these are

considered level 3 valuations, as defined in Note 29.1(d).

(iii) Computer software

External software costs, together with payroll and related costs for employees directly associated with the development of software,

are capitalised. Costs associated with upgrades and enhancements are capitalised to the extent they result in additional functionality.

Amortisation is charged on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful life of the software which ranges between 3 and 10 years.

Included in the cost of software is work in progress of $1.4 million (2020: $2.8 million) for which amortisation has not commenced.

Software under development not yet available for use is tested annually for impairment.

(iv) Customer relationships

• Contractual

An intangible asset is recorded at fair value in respect of the amount of any contractual termination fees payable by customers of

businesses acquired in respect of their document holdings. As it is not known when permanent retrieval fees may arise, this asset

is only amortised upon the actual retrieval fee being charged to the respective customer.

• Other

Non-contractual customer relationships acquired in a business combination are recognised at fair value at the acquisition

date. These customer relationships have an estimated finite useful life and are carried at cost less accumulated amortisation.

Amortisation is calculated using the straight-line method over the expected useful life of the customer relationship which ranges

between 10 and 20 years.

Group

Goodwill

$000

Brand

names

$000

Software

$000

Customer

relationships

$000

Other

$000

Total

$000

2021

Opening net book value301,283118,30715,76258,6834,931498,966

Additions--5,562-685,630

Acquisition through business

combinations (Note 31)(6,120)8,500-61-2,441

Transferred from property, plant

and equipment (Note 14)--1,115--1,115

Amortisation expense--(4,887)(6,214)(1,438)(12,539)

Written-off--(1,565)--(1,565)

Exchange rate movement342626387455

Closing net book value295,505126,86915,99352,5683,568494,503

As at end of year

Cost314,167126,86938,29670,6057,103557,040

Accumulated amortisation

and impairment(18,662)-(22,303)(18,037)(3,535)(62,537)

Net book value295,505126,86915,99352,5683,568494,503

Group

Goodwill

$000

Brand

names

$000

Software

$000

Customer

relationships

$000

Other

$000

Total

$000

2020

Opening net book value212,737 113,932 17,79717,477 3,209 365,152

Additions--4,937 -173 5,110

Acquisition through business

combinations91,4755,5003744,009 1,900142,921

Amortisation expense--(3,705) (3,069) (408) (7,182)

Impairment loss(5,194)(1,581)(608)--(7,383)

Written-off--(2,739)--(2,739)

Exchange rate movement2,265 456 43 266 573,087

Closing net book value301,283118,307 15,76258,683 4,931 498,966

As at end of year

Cost319,945 118,307 35,41970,480 7,024 551,175

Accumulated amortisation

and impairment(18,662)-(19,657) (11,797) (2,093) (52,209)

Net book value301,283 118,307 15,76258,683 4,931498,966

COVID-19 has resulted in the accelerated development and deployment of various new IT initiatives and strategies, leading to the need to

write-off certain previously capitalised software that is now considered obsolete.

Notes to the financial statements

For the year ended 30 June 2021

Notes to the financial statements

For the year ended 30 June 2021

Annual Report | Financial Year ended 30 June 2021
120 121

Freightways Limited and its subsidiaries |

Goodwill Brand names

2021

$000

2020

$000

2021

$000

2020

$000

Big Chill

77,63583,75514,0005,500

Messenger Services

8,7668,7665,1005,100

New Zealand Couriers47,75247,75258,50058,500

New Zealand Document Exchange10,96710,9675,9005,900

Dataprint

4,1254,1251,3101,310

Post Haste, Castle Parcels and NOW Couriers27,15927,15918,39518,395

Total Express Package & Business Mail176,404182,524103,20594,705

The Information Management Group (New Zealand)17,57717,5774,4004,400

The Information Management Group (Australia)*56,79856,61515,94515,894

Shred-X*44,72744,5673,3193,308

Total Information Management119,102118,75923,66423,602

Total295,506301,283126,869118,307

* The increases in goodwill and brand names in The Information Management Group (Australia) and Shred-X are due to foreign

currency translation.

(i) Key assumptions used for value-in-use calculations

On an annual basis, the recoverable amount of goodwill and brand names is determined based on the greater of value-in-use and fair

value less costs of disposal calculations specific to the CGU associated with both goodwill and brand names.

The value-in-use calculations use post-tax cash flow projections based on financial budgets prepared by management and approved

by the Board for the year ended 30 June 2022. Cash flows beyond June 2022 have been extrapolated using growth rates which take

into consideration current and forecast economic conditions for the relevant products and industries. A probabilistic approach was also

adopted where a number of different growth scenarios were considered and weighted by likelihood of achievement. In addition, the

sensitivity of the main financial variables was tested and considered in the final estimation. No adjustments have been made to forecast

cash flows for the unknown impacts of future legislative changes in relation to climate change.

A 1% (2020: 1%) revenue growth rate, a consistent EBITDA margin assuming costs increase in line with revenue and 1% (2020: 1%)

terminal growth rate have been applied to the express package & business mail businesses in the value-in-use calculation.

A 2% (2020: 2%) revenue growth rate, a consistent EBITDA margin assuming costs increase in line with revenue and 2% (2020:

2%) terminal growth rate, reflecting both historical and expected growth, have been applied to the value-in-use calculation for the

information management segment with the same scenarios and sensitivities applied as described in the Significant estimate – sensitivity

to changes in assumptions section below.

Impairment tests for indefinite life intangible assets

Goodwill and brand names are allocated to those cash-generating units (CGU) or groups of CGU that are expected to benefit from them.

The carrying amount of intangible assets allocated by CGU or group of CGU is outlined below:

Post-tax discount rate

2021

%

2020

%

Big Chill

7.06.6

Messenger Services

7.57.5

New Zealand Couriers7.57.5

New Zealand Document Exchange11.410.6

Dataprint

11.410.6

Post Haste, Castle Parcels and NOW Couriers7.57.5

The Information Management Group (New Zealand)7.57.5

The Information Management Group (Australia)6.96.6

Shred-X6.96.6

* In the current financial year, the Group has moved from a Group post-tax discount rate to CGU specific post-tax discount rates. The

prior year disclosure has been updated for comparative purposes (the 2020 Group post-tax discount rate disclosed was 7.5%). The

change to prior period CGU specific rates did not result in an impairment in the prior year.

Post-tax discount rates, reflecting the current environment in financial markets and the countries each CGU operates in, have been used.

The CGU specific post-tax discount rates applied are:

(ii) Significant estimate – Sensitivity to changes in assumptions

From the value-in-use assessment for all CGU’s, other than TIMG AU, management believes that no reasonably possible change in any of

the above key assumptions would cause the carrying values of goodwill and brand names to exceed their respective recoverable amounts.

The value-in-use analysis prepared for TIMG AU is based on the following key assumptions:

- 100% achievement of FY22 budgeted revenue;

- 2% Revenue growth per year (with a range of scenarios from – 4% to 4% p.a considered);

- 2% terminal EBITA growth rate; and

- post-tax discount rate of 6.9%

The recoverable amount of TIMG AU would equal its carrying amount if the key assumptions were to change as follows:

2021

From

%

To

%

Achievement of FY22 budgeted revenue

10084

Revenue growth per year

2-3.1

Terminal EBITA growth rate20.8

Post-tax discount rate6.97.9

Notes to the financial statements

For the year ended 30 June 2021

Notes to the financial statements

For the year ended 30 June 2021

Annual Report | Financial Year ended 30 June 2021
122 123

Freightways Limited and its subsidiaries |

In the prior year, the value-in-use analysis prepared for New Zealand Document Exchange (NZDX) was sensitive to changes in key

assumptions. For comparative purposes, the current year NZDX value-in-use analysis shows the recoverable amounts of goodwill

and brand names significantly exceed their carrying values. The NZDX value-in-use analysis has been prepared based on the

following key assumptions:

- 100% achievement of FY22 budgeted revenue;

- 1% Revenue growth per year (with a range of scenarios from – 4% to 4% p.a considered);

- 1% terminal EBITA growth rate; and

- post-tax discount rate of 11.4%

The recoverable amount of NZDX would equal its carrying amount if any of the key assumptions were to change as follows:

Following are the significant estimate notes included in last year’s annual report carried forward to this year’s annual report for

comparative purposes:

Significant estimate – impairment loss – 30 June 2020

An impairment loss of $5.8 million (A$5.5 million) has been recognised in the CGU of The Information Management Group (Australia) (TIMG AU).

The LitSupport business acquired by Freightways in December 2014 and incorporated into the TIMG AU CGU has not performed to management’s

expectation. LitSupport was acquired for a potential total consideration of $32.2 million, made up of an initial payment of $18.3 million and potential

earn-out of $13.9 million. As a result of not meeting an initial financial hurdle for the 2015 calendar year, the vendors were required to refund $5.3 million

of the initial purchase price to Freightways. The financial performance hurdles for the potential earn-out of $13.9 million were also not met and none of

the earn-out was paid to the vendors. This resulted in the total purchase consideration for LitSupport being $13 million instead of the initial potential total

consideration of $32.2 million.

The performance of LitSupport has continued to deteriorate in the last 12 months, exacerbated by the impact of COVID-19, and is not expected to recover

to the extent that the recoverable amounts of goodwill and brand names will exceed their carrying values. The impairment modelling applied probability

sensitivities, including a number of different scenarios, an assessment of historical delivery against budget as well as the sensitivity to key financial

assumptions driving the valuation. In addition, the modelling used a series of balanced assumptions to the underlying cash flow forecasts to lower the

risk of over (or under)-stating the future performance of the CGU. The following scenarios and sensitivities were used in preparing the valuation model:

- 90% achievement of FY21 budgeted revenue

- only 2% Revenue growth per year (with a range of scenarios going from – 4% to 4% p.a considered);

- a consistent EBITDA margin assuming costs increase in line with revenue; and

- low 2% terminal EBITA growth rate

The value-in-use calculation described above resulted in impairment losses of $4.2 million (A$4 million) and $1.6 million (A$1.5 million) being

recognised in the 2020 financial year in respect of the TIMG AU CGU’s goodwill and brand names, respectively. The impairment losses have been

determined based on the greater of the recoverable amount from value-in-use and fair value less cost of disposal calculations. No other class of

asset in the TIMG AU CGU was considered impaired by management.

For all other CGU, with the exception of the ones mentioned above, the value-in-use and fair value less cost of disposal calculations indicate that the

recoverable amounts of goodwill and brand names of other CGU held by the Group exceed their carrying values and therefore there is no impairment

in the value of those intangible assets.

2021

From

%

To

%

Achievement of FY22 budgeted revenue

10073

Revenue growth per year

1-9.1

Terminal EBITA growth rate1-6.1

Post-tax discount rate11.415.6

Significant estimate – Sensitivity to changes in assumptions – 30 June 2020

With regard to the value-in-use assessment for all CGU’s, other than TIMG AU described above and New Zealand Document Exchange (NZDX)

discussed below, management believes that no reasonably possible change in any of the above assumptions would cause the carrying values of

goodwill and brand names to materially exceed their respective recoverable amounts.

The value-in-use analysis prepared for TIMG AU based on the key assumptions described above is most sensitive to a change in revenue growth,

terminal growth and post-tax discount rate. If the revenue growth and terminal growth rate used was reduced from 2% to 1%, the impairment loss

recognised against intangibles would have been $9 million and $17.1 million, respectively. Conversely, if the revenue growth and terminal growth rate

used was increased from 2% to 3%, the impairment loss recognised against intangibles would have been $2.8 million and nil, respectively, with the

latter showing the recoverable amount exceeding the carrying amount by $10.2 million.

If the post-tax discount rate used increased from 7.5% to 8.5%, the impairment loss recognised against intangibles would have been $19.4

million. Conversely, if the post-tax discount rate used was decreased from 7.5% to 6.5%, there would be no impairment loss, as the recoverable

amount would have exceeded the carrying amount by $13.5 million. The carrying value of the NZDX CGU has been assessed as at 30 June 2020 by

management as being on par with its recoverable amount (2019: recoverable amount exceeded carrying value by $22.5 million). The analysis was

performed by comparing the value-in-use of NZDX with its fair value less cost of disposal. The value-in-use analysis used the key assumptions

described above (revenue growth rate of 1%, a consistent EBITDA margin assuming costs increase in line with revenue, probability weighted

scenarios, post tax discount factor of 7.5%), with the value-in-use being sensitive to a change in the discount factor, although this would not materially

change the value-in-use. The analysis also recognised the ongoing decline in postal volumes in New Zealand and the direct impact COVID-19

has taken in accelerating the market’s already growing demand for digital communication solutions. NZDX has seen a recovery of its activity post

lockdown, but a further deterioration of the economic and competitive environment could reduce the estimated recoverable amount of the NZDX

CGU below the current carrying value of its intangible assets (2019: no reasonably possible change in any of the assumptions would cause the

carrying value to materially exceed recoverable amount).

Group

Property,

plant and

equipment

$000

Employee

entitlements

$000

Accruals and

provisions

$000

Derivative

financial

instruments

$000

Intangible

assets

$000

Leases

$000

Total

$000

2021

Balance at

beginning of year(8,553)4,9523,954806(50,011)7,427(41,425)

Prior period

adjustment-413158-(289)-282

Transfer to income

statement5732,592885-2,1569627,168

Amounts relating

to business

combinations

(Note 31)----(2,398)-(2,398)

Adjustment for cash

flow hedge reserve---(342)--(342)

Exchange rate

movement-74-(34)12(11)

Balance at end

of year(7,980)7,9645,001464(50,576)8,401(36,726)

Note 17. Deferred tax liability

The movement in deferred tax assets and liabilities during the year, without taking into consideration the offsetting of balances within the

same jurisdiction, is as follows:

Notes to the financial statements

For the year ended 30 June 2021

Notes to the financial statements

For the year ended 30 June 2021

Annual Report | Financial Year ended 30 June 2021
124 125

Freightways Limited and its subsidiaries |

Group

Property,

plant and

equipment

$000

Employee

entitlements

$000

Accruals and

provisions

$000

Derivative

financial

instruments

$000

Intangible

assets

$000

Leases

$000

Total

$000

2020

Balance at

beginning of year(9,429)4,148 3,0501,516(37,047)-(37,762)

Adjustment on

adoption of

IFRS 16--(354)--6,7466,392

Restated balance

at beginning

of year(9,429)4,148 2,6961,516 (37,047)6,746(31,370)

Prior period

adjustment(530)17516-11-(328)

Transfer to income

statement

• re-introduction

of tax

deductibility

of building

depreciation 1,430-----1,430

• other(26)(75)899-1,7196113,128

Amounts relating

to business

combinations -654315-(14,469)-(13,500)

Adjustment for cash

flow hedge reserve---(710)--(710)

Exchange rate

movement25028-(225)70(75)

Balance at end

of year(8,553)4,952 3,954806 (50,011)7,427(41,425)

Note 19. Provisions

A provision is recognised when the Group has a present legal or constructive obligation as a result of a past event, and it is probable that an

outflow of economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation and a reliable estimate of the obligation can be made. If the effect is

material, provisions are determined by discounting the expected future cash flows at a pre-tax rate that reflects current market assessments

of the time value of money and, where appropriate, the risks specific to the liability. The increase in the provision due only to the passage of

time is recognised as an interest expense.

Explanation of provisions

Provision for customer claims relates to actual claims received from customers that are being considered for payment as at reporting date

and are expected to be resolved within the next two months.

Provision for long service leave relates to the potential leave obligation for employees who reach continuous employment milestones

required under Australian regulations. Consideration is given to expected future wage and salary levels, experience of employee departures

and periods of service.

Provision for lease obligations relates to estimated payments to reinstate leased buildings and equipment used to an appropriate condition

upon the expiry of the respective lease terms.

Group

2021

$000

2020

$000

Current

Trade creditors54,08444,556

Employee entitlements31,56121,138

Other creditors and accruals17,29921,962

102,94487,656

Non-current

Acquisition earn-out payables51,25127,386

Other non-current payables101-

51,35227,386

Note 18. Trade and other payables

Trade and other payables are recognised when the Group becomes obligated to make future payments resulting from the purchase of goods

or services. They are initially recognised at fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest rate method.

Acquisition earn-out payables have been measured at fair value. The amounts are unsecured.

Liabilities for wages and salaries, including non-monetary benefits, and annual leave expected to be settled within 12 months of the reporting

date are recognised in respect of employees' services rendered up to the reporting date. They are measured for recognition by assessing the

amounts expected to be paid when the liabilities are settled.

Liability for long service leave is recognised and measured as the present value of expected future payments to be made in respect of

services provided by the employee. Consideration is given to expected future wage and salary levels, experience of employee departures and

periods of service.

Notes to the financial statements

For the year ended 30 June 2021

Notes to the financial statements

For the year ended 30 June 2021

Annual Report | Financial Year ended 30 June 2021
126 127

Freightways Limited and its subsidiaries |

Group

Customer

claims

$000

Long service

leave

$000

Lease

obligations

$000

Total

$000

2020

Balance at beginning of year6242,9372,0495,610

Current year provision 2106594591,328

Amounts relating to business combinations71202473746

Expenses incurred-(235) -(235)

Movement in exchange rate-76 31 107

Balance at end of year9053,6393,0127,556

2021

$000

2020

$000

Analysis of total provisions

Current1,5621,225

Non-current6,9796,331

Total8,5417,556

Note 20. Contract liability

A contract liability of $14.6 million (2020: $15.1 million) is recorded in the balance sheet reflecting the future service obligation for courier

and postal products that have been sold in advance of their use.

Revenue recognised during the year that was included in the contract liability balance at the beginning of the year was $12.9 million (2020:

$14.3 million).

There are no other significant financing components in the Group’s revenue arrangement.

Group

Customer

claims

$000

Long service

leave

$000

Lease

obligations

$000

Total

$000

2021

Balance at beginning of year9053,6393,0127,556

Current year provision 386064891,133

Expenses incurred-(149)(10)(159)

Movement in exchange rate(5)12411

Balance at end of year9384,1083,4958,541

Group

2021

$000

2020

$000

Bank borrowings

Current-5,210

Non-current163,696216,484

163,696221,694

(a) Secured borrowings


The bank borrowings security was changed to a negative pledge deed in March 2021 when the Group negotiated an extension of its syndicated

bank facilities (refer Note 21(b)). The negative pledge includes a provision restricting the Group from granting security interests and a cross-

guarantee of all relevant indebtedness by majority of the Company’s subsidiaries (2020: secured by a charge over the assets of the majority of

the Company’s New Zealand subsidiaries in favour of its primary lenders and guarantees from the Company’s primary Australian subsidiaries).

(b) Finance facilities

The following finance facilities existed at the reporting date:

Facilities denominated in

New Zealand Dollars

Facilities denominated in

Australian Dollars

2021

$000

2020

$000

2021

$000

2020

$000

Bank overdraft

Total bank overdraft facility available8,0008,000--

Amount of overdraft facility unused

8,0008,000-

-

Loan facilities

Total loan facilities available

170,000229,500130,000120,423

Maturing 30 April 2021

-6,000--

Maturing 14 November 2021

-20,000--

Maturing 14 May 2022

-30,000--

Maturing 1 September 2022

-37,000-21,173

Maturing 1 September 2023

-56,500-49,250

Maturing 23 December 2023-70,000--

Maturing 15 March 2024120,000---

Maturing 23 December 2024---20,000

Maturing 15 March 202530,000-80,000-

Maturing 11 July 2025--20,00020,000

Maturing 15 December 202610,00010,00010,00010,000

Maturing 19 March 202810,000-20,000-

Amount of loan facilities used71,000114,71085,50099,923

Amount of loan facilities unused99,000114,79044,50020,500

Effective interest rate at 30 June as amended

for interest rate hedges5.37%5.44%4.41%4.55%

Note 21. Borrowings

Interest-bearing bank loans and overdrafts are initially recognised at fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective

interest rate method. Costs incurred in establishing finance facilities are amortised to the income statement over the term of the respective facilities.

Notes to the financial statements

For the year ended 30 June 2021

Notes to the financial statements

For the year ended 30 June 2021

Annual Report | Financial Year ended 30 June 2021
128 129

Freightways Limited and its subsidiaries |

Liabilities from financing activities

Group

Cash

$000

Leases

$000

Bank

borrowings

$000

Total

$000

Balance at 1 July 201915,986(223,569)(167,394)(374,977)

Cashflow43624,954(45,802)(20,412)

Lease additions, modifications and terminations-(110,199)-(110,199)

Acquisitions – borrowings--(6,023)(6,023)

Exchange rate movement

264 (2,258)(2,475)(4,469)

Balance at 30 June 202016,686(311,072) (221,694)(516,080)

Cashflow

3,34132,59458,87094,805

Lease additions, modifications and terminations

-(32,929)-(32,929)

Other non-cash movements--(861)(861)

Exchange rate movement

(87)(228)(11)(326)

Balance at 30 June 202119,940(311,635)(163,696)(455,391)

(c) Big Chill Distribution Limited CreditPlus Facility

The fleet financing facility with a $6 million limit operated by Big Chill Distribution Limited was repaid progressively by March 2021 and was

then cancelled.

Compliance with banking covenants

The Group was in compliance with all of its banking covenants throughout the year ended 30 June 2021. The Group’s banking covenants forecast

indicates that the Group will remain compliant with all of its banking covenants in the next twelve months. The forecast includes a sensitivity analysis

of a 20% decline in forecast earnings before interest, income tax, depreciation and amortisation.

Net debt reconciliation

An analysis of net debt and the movements in net debt is:

The fair values of borrowings are not materially different to their carrying amount, since the interest payable on those borrowings is either close to

market rate or the borrowings are of a short-term nature.

During March 2021, the Group negotiated an extension of its syndicated bank facilities. Multiple tranches of New Zealand dollars (NZD) facilities

totalling $213.5 million were merged into two facilities at reduced limits of NZ$120 million maturing on 15 March 2024 and NZ$30 million maturing

on 15 March 2025. The lower limits reflect the expected needs of the Group and the fact that temporary facilities that had been set up at the onset of

the COVID-19 pandemic were no longer required. The three tranches of Australian dollars (AUD) facilities totalling A$90.4 million were combined into

one facility at a reduced limit of A$80 million maturing on 15 March 2025. The refinancing resulted in the recognition of a modification loss of $0.9

million in the income statement. In determining the modification loss to be recognised, the Group considered both qualitative and quantitative factors

in determining whether the refinancing represented a modification or extinguishment of the previous facilities.

In March 2021, the Group entered into a new US$160 million uncommitted finance facility with a US-based lender on the same terms as the

syndicated bank facilities negotiated during March 2021. Of this facility, the US dollar equivalent of NZ$20 million and A$50 million was drawn as at 30

June 2021. The drawn amounts mature in July 2025, December 2026 and March 2028, as detailed in the maturity table above.

Note 22. Equity

Ordinary shares are classified as equity. Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of new shares are shown in equity as a reduction

in the amount of proceeds arising from the issue of shares.

Group

2021

Ordinary

shares

2020

Ordinary

shares

2021

$000

2020

$000

Balance at beginning of year165,405,051155,371,224180,630126,440

Share-based payment expenses--1,116142

Shares issued during the year:

- underwritten dividend reinvestment plan-4,368,075-23,461

- acquisition consideration-5,586,592-30,000

- employee share plan125,00080,000830579

(Increase) decrease in employee share plan

unallocated shares785(840)(5)8

Balance at end of year165,530,836165,405,051182,571180,630

Contributed equity

(i) Fully paid ordinary shares

As at 30 June 2021 there were 165,538,104 shares issued and fully paid (2020: 165,413,104). All fully paid ordinary shares have equal

voting rights and share equally in dividends and surplus on winding up.

(ii) Share rights

During the year, Freightways implemented a new executive Long Term Incentive (LTI) Scheme. This equity settled scheme replaces the

previous senior executive performance share plan. The new LTI Scheme offers share rights to senior executives, with vesting determined

at the end of a 3-year vesting period. Vesting is subject to the achievement of certain financial hurdles set by the Board and included in

the annual offer of participation to executives. Each share right converts to one Freightways fully paid ordinary share upon vesting.

Share rights of 141,916 and 166,352 were issued on 31 July 2020 and 19 October 2020 respectively to senior executives under the

Freightways LTI Scheme (2020: Nil). As at 30 June 2021, there were 308,268 share rights on issue (2020: Nil). Share rights do not carry

a dividend entitlement and are non-transferable.

(iii) Partly-paid ordinary shares

Partly-paid shares were issued to senior executives in prior years under the rules of the Freightways Senior Executive Performance

Share Plan (the ‘Plan’). The balance of the issue price per share may only be paid up upon the participants meeting agreed performance

hurdles and upon the expiry of the applicable three-year escrow period in accordance with the Plan rules (refer Note 23). During the year,

63,474 partly-paid shares were redeemed and cancelled (2020: 25,227). As at 30 June 2021 there were 200,342 partly-paid shares on

issue, paid up to one cent per share (2020: 263,816). Partly-paid shares have no voting rights and no rights to dividends and surplus

on winding up.

(iv) Partly-paid shares, fully paid up to ordinary shares

No partly-paid shares were fully paid-up during the year by Freightways senior executives under the Freightways Senior Executive

Performance Share Plan (2020: Nil).

Notes to the financial statements

For the year ended 30 June 2021

Notes to the financial statements

For the year ended 30 June 2021

Annual Report | Financial Year ended 30 June 2021
130 131

Freightways Limited and its subsidiaries |

(v) Employee Share Plan

On 13 October 2020, the Company issued 125,000 fully paid ordinary shares at $6.64 each to Freightways Trustee Company Limited, as

Trustee for the Freightways Employee Share Plan (October 2019: 80,000 fully paid ordinary shares at $7.24 each). In total, participating

employees were provided with interest-free loans of $0.8 million to fund their purchase of the shares in the Share Plan (October 2019:

$0.6 million). The loans are repayable over three years and repayment commenced in October 2020.

As at 30 June 2021, the Trustee held 631,958 (2020: 593,936) fully paid ordinary shares (representing 0.4% (2020: 0.4%) of all issued

ordinary shares) of which 7,268 (2020: 8,053) were unallocated. These shares are held for allocation in the future.

The Employee Share Plan operates in accordance with section CW 26C of the New Zealand Income Tax Act 2007 and the Trustees are

appointed by the Freightways Limited Board of Directors.

Nature and purpose of reserves

(i) Cash flow hedge reserve

The cash flow hedge reserve is used to record gains or losses on a hedging instrument within a cash flow hedge. The amounts are

recognised in the income statement when the associated hedged transactions affect profit or loss, as described in Note 12(i).

(ii) Foreign currency translation reserve

The foreign currency translation reserve comprises all foreign exchange differences arising from the translation of the financial

statements of foreign operations into New Zealand dollars, as described in Note 1(c).

Note 23. Share-based payments

The Group operates equity-settled, share-based compensation arrangements for senior executives, under which the Group receives services

from employees as consideration for partly-paid ordinary shares and share rights in the Company. The fair value of the employee services

received in exchange for the partly-paid ordinary shares and share rights is recognised as an expense. The total amount to be expensed

is determined at grant date by reference to the fair value of the partly-paid ordinary shares and share rights allotted, taking into account

market vesting conditions (for example, total shareholder return measures such as outperforming the median of the NZX50 Index), but

excluding the impact of any non-market service and performance vesting conditions (for example, compound growth rates for earnings

per share, expected profit target against the capital employed and remaining an employee of the Group over a specified time period). Non-

market vesting conditions are included in assumptions about the number of partly-paid ordinary shares and share rights that are expected

to vest. The total amount expensed is recognised over the relevant vesting period, which is the period over which all of the specified vesting

conditions are to be satisfied. At each balance sheet date, the Group revises its estimates of the number of partly-paid ordinary shares

and share rights that are expected to vest based on the non-market vesting conditions. It recognises the impact of the revision to original

estimates, if any, in the income statement. At each balance sheet date, the Group records tax obligation in relation to partly-paid shares that

are expected to vest, with revisions to original estimates, if any, recognised in the income statement.

a) Description of share-based payment arrangements

At 30 June 2021, the Group had the following share-based payment arrangements.

(i) Freightways Senior Executive Performance Share Plan (the ‘Plan’)

In September 2008, the Board approved the introduction of a long-term incentive scheme for certain Freightways senior executives

using a performance share plan. The Plan aligns senior executives’ long-term objectives with the interests of Freightways Limited

shareholders.

Payment of any benefit is dependent upon the achievement of agreed performance targets. Partly-paid shares (paid up to one cent per

share) are issued at the discretion of the Board and are generally subject to a three-year escrow period. At the end of each escrow period

the Group will pay a bonus to the senior executives to the extent the performance targets have been achieved, sufficient for the shares to

be fully paid up. The total contractual life of partly-paid shares is 5 years.

The partly-paid shares vest if the participant remains employed by the Group for the duration of the vesting period and the following

performance hurdles are met over the assessment period. They vest in the following proportions:

- Total Shareholder’s Return (TSR) class of shares (50% of partly-paid shares)

This will vest over the assessment period on a progressive vesting scale based on the Group’s TSR relative to the TSR of other

constituents of the NZX50 Index.

- Earnings per Share (EPS) class of shares (50% of partly-paid shares)

This will vest based on achievement of TSR hurdle or EPS growth hurdle (derived from the budgets in respect of the escrow period)

over the assessment period.

In the event that the performance targets have not been achieved at the expiry of the escrow period, the partly-paid shares may be

redeemed by the Company. The Group settles the tax obligation in relation to the vesting of partly-paid shares on the date the shares

are fully paid-up.

(ii) Freightways Long-term Incentive Scheme (the ‘Scheme’)

In July 2020, the Board approved a new Scheme for the senior executives to replace the existing Plan. Under this Scheme, share rights

were issued at ‘Nil’ consideration which entitles participants to receive ordinary shares in Freightways within three years of vesting

period. The total contractual life of share rights is 3 years.

Share rights will vest if the participant remains employed by Freightways for the duration of the vesting period and the following

performance hurdles are met over the assessment period. They will vest in the following proportions:

- Total Shareholder’s Return (TSR) class of rights (50% of share rights)

This will vest over the assessment period on a progressive vesting scale based on the Group’s TSR relative to the TSR of other

constituents of the NZX50 Index.

- Cost of Capital class of rights (50% of share rights)

This will vest based on exceeding a cost of capital hurdle (determined by the Board) over the assessment period.

On vesting date, subject to meeting service and performance conditions, each share right can be exercised to receive one ordinary share.

The senior executives are liable for tax on the shares received at this point.

b) Reconciliation of outstanding partly-paid shares and share rights

Number of partly-paid sharesNumber of share rights

2021202020212020

Balance at beginning of year263,816289,043--

Issued during the year--308,268-

Cancelled during the year(63,474)(25,227)--

Fully paid-up or exercised during the year----

Expired during the year----

Balance at end of year200,342263,816308,268-

Exercisable at end of the year200,342---

Notes to the financial statements

For the year ended 30 June 2021

Notes to the financial statements

For the year ended 30 June 2021

Annual Report | Financial Year ended 30 June 2021
132 133

Freightways Limited and its subsidiaries |

Partly-paid sharesShare rights

Grant date:12 Sept 201613 Sept 201726 Sept 201831 July 202019 Oct 2020

Fair value at grant date

$1.69 – TSR

class of shares

$3.78 – EPS

class of shares

(EPS option)

$0.80 – EPS

class of shares

(TSR option)

$1.73 – TSR

class of shares

$4.48 – EPS

class of shares

(EPS option)

$0.69 – EPS

class of shares

(TSR option)

$1.79 – TSR

class of shares

$4.28 – EPS

class of shares

(EPS option)

$0.93 – EPS

class of shares

(TSR option)

$1.56 – TSR

class of rights

$6.52 – NOPAT

class of rights

$4.14 – TSR

class of rights

$7.43 – NOPAT

class of rights

Exercise price$0.01$0.01$0.01NilNil

Share price at grant date$6.82$7.83$7.56$7.01$8.29

Expected dividends5.3%4.2%4.6%4%4%

Expected volatility 18%14%15%24.6%24.9%

Expected life 0.2 years0.2 years0.2 years1.9 years2.7 years

Risk free interest rate (based

on government bonds)2%2.3%1.9%0.35%0.10%

2021

$000

2020

$000

Total amount expensed during the year806438

Liability recognised at year end for estimated income tax applicable to

bonuses payable to facilitate the paying-up of vested partly-paid shares607911

c) Effect of share-based payment arrangements on profit or loss, financial position and equity

d) Fair value measurement of share-based payment arrangements

The fair value of partly-paid shares has been measured using both the binomial option pricing model and Monte Carlo simulation. The fair

value of share rights has been measured using Monte Carlo simulation. The fair value measurement also considers the terms and conditions

upon which partly-paid shares and share rights were issued. Service and non-market performance conditions attached to the arrangements

were not considered in measuring fair value.

The inputs used in the measurement of fair values at grant date of partly-paid shares and share rights were as follows:

Expected volatility has been based on an evaluation of the historical volatility of the Freightways’ share price, particularly over the historical

period commensurate with the expected term. The expected term of partly-paid shares and share rights have been based on historical

experience and general option holder behaviour.

Group

Note

2021

$000

2020

$000

Profit for the year49,63347,375

Add non-cash items:

Depreciation and amortisation5

64,68750,353

Movement in provision for doubtful debts329 1,024

Movement in deferred income tax(4,726)(4,149)

Net loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment 367951

Net foreign exchange (gain) loss(2,366)5

Change in fair value of contingent consideration –

Big Chill Distribution Limited23,046-

Other income and expenses-5,271

Impairment of non-current assets-608

Write-off of software1,5653,115

Share of profits of associates(1,318)(873)

Movement in working capital, net of effects of acquisitions of businesses:

Decrease (increase) in trade and other receivables(5,099)(11,741)

Decrease (increase) in inventories (1,414)(1,010)

Increase (decrease) in trade and other payables17,236 24,226

Increase (decrease) in income taxes payable(6,927)12,010

Net cash inflows from operating activities135,013127,165

Note 24. Reconciliation of profit for the year with cash flows from operating activities

Note 25. Capital commitments and contingent liabilities

The Group had made capital commitments to purchase or construct buildings and equipment for $8.4 million at 30 June 2021 (2020: $2.9

million), principally relating to the completion of operating facilities and purchase of replacement equipment throughout the Group.

As at 30 June 2021, the Group had outstanding letters of credit and bank guarantees issued by its lenders totalling approximately $5.2 million

(2020: $5 million). The letters of credit relate predominantly to support for regular payroll payments. The bank guarantees relate to security

given to various landlords in respect of leased operating facilities.

Group

20212020

Profit for the year attributable to shareholders ($000)49,63347,332

Weighted average number of ordinary shares (‘000)165,502157,952

Basic earnings per share (cents)30.030.0

Note 26. Earnings per share*

Basic earnings per share

Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing the profit for the year attributable to shareholders by the weighted average number of

ordinary shares outstanding during the year:

Notes to the financial statements

For the year ended 30 June 2021

Notes to the financial statements

For the year ended 30 June 2021

Annual Report | Financial Year ended 30 June 2021
134 135

Freightways Limited and its subsidiaries |

Note 27. Net tangible assets per security

Net tangible assets (liabilities) per security at 30 June 2021 was ($0.83) (2020: ($1.01)).

Group

2021

$000

2020

$000

Short term employee benefits 7,5086,218

Share-based payments (Note 23)806438

Note 28. Transactions with related parties

Trading with related parties

The Group has not entered into any material external related party transactions which require disclosure. The Group does trade, on normal

commercial terms, with certain companies in which there are common directorships. These counterparties include Z Energy Limited and

Sanford Limited.

Payments to joint venture

During the year, the Group paid Parcelair Limited $14.3 million (2020: $13.1 million) for the provision of airfreight linehaul services on normal

commercial terms. Parcelair Limited is incorporated in New Zealand and is half-owned by the Group.

Key management compensation

Compensation paid during the year (or payable as at year end in respect of the year) to key management, which includes senior executives of

the Group and non-executive independent directors, is as follows:

Group

20212020

Profit for the year attributable to shareholders ($000)49,63347,332

Weighted average number of ordinary shares (‘000)165,502157,952

Effect of dilution (‘000)509264

Diluted weighted average number of ordinary shares (‘000)166,011158,216

Diluted earnings per share (cents)29.929.9

Diluted earnings per share

Diluted earnings per share is calculated by dividing the profit for the year attributable to shareholders by the weighted average number of

ordinary shares outstanding during the year, adjusted to include all dilutive potential ordinary shares (for example, partly-paid shares on

issue) as if they had been converted to ordinary shares at the beginning of the year:

* Basic and diluted earnings per share calculated on the profit for the year attributable to shareholders, excluding change in fair value of

contingent consideration (Big Chill Distribution Limited) and other income and expenses, net of tax (refer Note 5), are 43.9 and 43.8 cents,

respectively (2020: 35.5 and 35.4 cents, respectively).

Note 29. Financial risk management

29.1 Financial risk factors

The Group’s activities expose it to various financial risks, including liquidity risk, credit risk and market risk (which includes currency risk and

cash flow interest rate risk). The Group’s overall risk management programme focuses on the uncertainty of financial markets and seeks to

minimise potential adverse effects on the Group’s financial performance. The Group uses derivative financial instruments to hedge certain

risk exposures.

Treasury activities are performed centrally by the Group’s corporate team, supplemented by external financial advice and the use of

derivative financial instruments is governed by a Group Treasury Policy approved by the Company’s Board of Directors.

The Group does not engage in speculative transactions or hold derivative financial instruments for trading purposes.

(a) Liquidity risk

Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group will not be able to meet its financial obligations as and when they fall due. The Group’s approach to

liquidity risk management includes maintaining sufficient cash reserves and ensuring adequate committed finance facilities are available.

In assessing its exposure to liquidity risk, the Group regularly monitors rolling 3, 6 and 12 months cash requirement forecasts.

Whilst the COVID-19 pandemic and its economic impact could potentially make access to funding more difficult than previously, Freightways

maintains strong relationship with lenders and has access to a range of funding sources that would mitigate that risk.

The table below analyses the Group’s financial liabilities into relevant maturity groupings, based on the remaining period from the reporting

date to the contractual maturity date.

The amounts disclosed below are contractual, undiscounted cash flows, except for lease liabilities and interest rate swaps.

Group

Less than

6 months

$000

6-12

months

$000

1-2

years

$000

2-5

years

$000

More than

5 years

$000

Total

$000

2021

Bank borrowings3,6743,8358,702129,02654,387199,624

Trade and other payables82,48227,81851,251-101161,652

Lease liabilities15,72115,35728,77075,083176,704311,635

Derivative financial instruments –

interest rate swaps856696359--1,911

2020

Bank borrowings3,395 8,777 7,456 192,93843,768256,334

Trade and other payables71,994 29,393 193 27,193 -128,773

Lease liabilities15,71314,928 26,884 65,787187,760311,072

Derivative financial instruments –

interest rate swaps1,2171,0451,636696-4,594

Lease liabilities have been measured at the present value of the remaining lease payments, discounted using a discount rate derived from

the incremental borrowing rate (IBR) when the interest rate implicit in the lease was not readily available. The amounts expected to be

payable in relation to the interest rate swaps have been estimated using forward interest rates applicable at the reporting date.

Notes to the financial statements

For the year ended 30 June 2021

Notes to the financial statements

For the year ended 30 June 2021

Annual Report | Financial Year ended 30 June 2021
136 137

Freightways Limited and its subsidiaries |

Group

2021

$000

2020

$000

Cash and cash equivalents19,94016,686

Trade and other receivables92,73092,942

112,670109,628

Cash and cash equivalents are held with banks with Standard & Poor’s rating of AA-.

(b) Credit risk

Credit risk refers to the risk of a counterparty failing to discharge its obligation. Financial instruments which potentially subject the

Group to credit risk principally consist of bank balances, accounts receivable and derivative financial instruments.

The Group has credit policies that are used to manage the exposure to credit risk. As part of these policies, exposures with

counterparties are monitored on a regular basis. The Group performs credit evaluations on all customers requiring credit and generally

does not require collateral.

A default in a financial asset is when the counterparty fails to make contractual payments when debt recovery processes have

been exhausted and/or the counterparty is declared bankrupt or in the case of companies, placed in administration, receivership or

liquidation.

The Group’s Treasury Policy ensures due consideration is given to the financial standing of the counterparty banks with which the

Group holds cash reserves and transacts derivative financial instruments. A minimum Standard & Poor’s long-term credit rating of

A/A – is required to qualify as an approved counterparty, with the exception that a maximum of 1% of total debt exposure may be with

counterparty with BBB credit rating. The quantum of transactions entered into with the Group’s various financial lenders is also balanced

to mitigate exposure to concentrated counterparty credit risk with any one financial provider.

The Group does not have any significant concentrations of credit risk.

For counterparties to trade receivables that are neither past due nor impaired, payments have historically been received regularly and

on time.

The Group considers its maximum exposure to credit risk to be as follows:

20212020

Group

Gross

carrying

amount

$000

Expected

loss rate

%

Loss

allowance

$000

Gross

carrying

amount

$000

Expected

loss rate

%

Loss

allowance

$000

Current78,8981%87071,4260.5%357

31-60 days over standard terms7,7596%46612,7155%636

60-90 days over standard terms1,48726%3871,49725%374

91+ days over standard terms2,56750%1,2913,28547%1,542

90,7113,01488,9232,909

Trade receivables analysis

At 30 June aging analysis of trade receivables is as follows:

The Group has $8.8 million (2020: $14.6 million) of financial assets that are overdue and not impaired.

(c) Market risk

Foreign exchange risk

Exposure to foreign exchange risk arises when (i) a transaction is denominated in a foreign currency and any movement in foreign exchange

rates will affect the value of that transaction when translated into the functional currency of the Company or a subsidiary; and (ii) the value of

assets and liabilities of overseas subsidiaries are required to be translated into the Group’s reporting currency.

The Group’s Treasury Policy is used to assist in managing foreign exchange risk. In accordance with Treasury Policy guidelines, foreign

exchange hedging is used as soon as a defined exposure to foreign exchange risk arises and exceeds certain thresholds.

As disclosed in Note 21, at 30 June 2021 the Group had Australian dollar denominated bank borrowings of AUD85,500,000 (2020:

AUD99,923,000). Of these borrowings, AUD14,200,000 (2020: AUD14,200,000) were borrowed by a New Zealand subsidiary and have been

translated at the prevailing foreign currency rate as at balance date. The rest of the Australian dollar denominated bank borrowings have

been borrowed by an Australian subsidiary and are translated as part of the consolidation of the Group for reporting purposes. The Group has

no other outstanding foreign currency denominated monetary items.

The table on the following page details the Group’s sensitivity to the increase and decrease in the New Zealand dollar (NZD) against the

Australian dollar (AUD) in respect of the Australian dollar denominated bank borrowings, borrowed in New Zealand. The sensitivity analysis

only includes outstanding foreign currency denominated monetary items at the reporting date and adjusts their translation as at that date

for the change in foreign currency rates. A positive number indicates a decrease in liabilities (bank borrowings) where the NZD strengthens

against the AUD.

Interest rate risk

Exposure to cash flow interest rate risk arises in borrowings of the Group that are at the prevailing market interest rate current at the time of

drawdown and are re-priced at intervals not exceeding 180 days.

Interest rate risk is identified by forecasting short and long-term cash flow requirements.

The Group’s Treasury Policy is used to assist in managing interest rate risk. Treasury Policy requires projected annual core debt to be

effectively hedged within interest rate risk control limits against adverse fluctuations in market interest rates.

The following table demonstrates the sensitivity of the Group’s equity and profit after tax to a potential change in interest rates by plus or

minus 100 basis points, with all other variables held constant and in relation only to that portion of the Group’s borrowings that are subject to

floating interest rates.

Significant assumptions used in the interest rate sensitivity analysis include;

(i) reasonably possible movements in interest rates were determined based on the Group’s current mix of debt in New Zealand and

Australia, the level of debt that is expected to be renewed and a review of the last two year’s historical movements; and

(ii) price sensitivity of derivatives has been based on a reasonably possible movement of interest rates at balance dates by applying the

change as a parallel shift in the forward curve.

Notes to the financial statements

For the year ended 30 June 2021

Notes to the financial statements

For the year ended 30 June 2021

Annual Report | Financial Year ended 30 June 2021
138 139

Freightways Limited and its subsidiaries |

Sensitivity analysis:

Interest rate

movement

NZD/AUD

movement

Impact on profit

Impact on other

components of equity

Impact on

liabilities & equity

Carrying

amounts

$000

+100

basis

points

$000

-100

basis

points

$000

+100

basis

points

$000

-100

basis

points

$000

+ or – 10% in

value of NZD

$000

2021

Financial assets

Cash and cash equivalents19,940144(144)144(144)-

Trade and other receivables98,507-----

Financial liabilities

Borrowings163,032(1,174)1,174(1,174)1,1741,387/(1,695)

Derivative financial instruments1,659410(410)983(998)-

2020

Financial assets

Cash and cash equivalents16,686120(120)120(120)-

Trade and other receivables100,025-----

Financial liabilities

Borrowings221,694(1,596) 1,596(1,596) 1,596 1,382/(1,689)

Derivative financial instruments2,882527(527)1,545(1,584) -

(d) Fair value estimation

The carrying value less impairment provision of trade receivables and payables is a reasonable approximation of their fair values due to the

short-term nature of trade receivables and payables. The fair value of financial liabilities for disclosure purposes is estimated by discounting

the future contractual cash flows at the current market interest rate that is available to the Group for similar financial instruments.

The fair values of financial instruments are estimated using discounted cash flows. The fair value of interest rate swaps and foreign exchange

hedges are calculated as the present value of the estimated future cash flows.

Unless otherwise stated, all other carrying amounts are assumed to equal or approximate fair value.

The Group uses various methods in estimating the fair value of a financial instrument. The methods comprise:

Level 1 – Quoted prices (adjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities at the reporting date. A market is regarded as active if

quoted prices are readily and regularly available from an exchange, dealer, broker, industry group, pricing service, or regulatory agency, and

those prices represent actual and regularly occurring market transactions on an arm’s length basis.

Level 2 – Inputs that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly (i.e., as prices; other than quoted prices referred to in Level 1

above) or indirectly (i.e., derived from prices). The fair value of financial instruments that are not traded in an active market (for example,

over-the-counter derivatives and US Private Placement (USPP)) is determined by using valuation techniques. These valuation techniques

maximise the use of observable market data where it is available and rely as little as possible on entity specific estimates. If all significant

inputs required to fair value an instrument are observable, the fair value of an instrument is included in Level 2.

Level 3 – Inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data (i.e., unobservable inputs). In these cases, the fair

value of an instrument would be included in Level 3.

Level 1

$000

Level 2

$000

Level 3

$000

Total

$000

2021

Liabilities

Derivative financial instruments-1,659-1,659

USPP-82,130-82,130

Contingent consideration in a

business combination

--51,30551,305

Total liabilities-83,78951,305135,094

2020

Liabilities

Derivative financial instruments-2,882-2,882

USPP-49,469-49,469

Contingent consideration in a

business combination

--27,38627,386

Total liabilities-52,35127,38679,737

Specific valuation techniques used to value financial instruments include:

• In respect of interest rate swaps, the fair value is calculated as the present value of the estimated future cash flows based on observable

yield curves;

• In respect of forward foreign exchange contracts, the fair value is calculated using forward exchange rates at the balance sheet date, with

the resulting value discounted back to present value;

• In respect of USPP, the fair value is calculated on a discounted cash flow basis using the USD Bloomberg curve and applying discount

factors to the future USD interest payment and principal payment cash flows; and

• discounted cash flow analysis for other financial instruments.

Specific valuation techniques used to value contingent consideration in a business combination and estimated purchase price adjustments

include:

• fair value is calculated as the present value of the estimated future cash flows based on management’s assessment of future

performance; and

• management’s knowledge of the business and the industry it operates in.


The amounts below are for the derivative financial instruments, USPP and contingent consideration in a business combination. There were

no transfers between levels during the year.

Notes to the financial statements

For the year ended 30 June 2021

Notes to the financial statements

For the year ended 30 June 2021

Annual Report | Financial Year ended 30 June 2021
140 141

Freightways Limited and its subsidiaries |

The following table shows the valuation technique used in measuring Level 3 contingent consideration in a business combination and

estimated purchase price adjustments:

DescriptionFair value as at

30 June 2021

Fair value as at

30 June 2020

Unobservable

Input

Range of inputs

2021

Range of inputs

2020

Relationship of

unobservable inputs to

fair value (sensitivity)

Contingent

Consideration

51,30527,386Achievement

of Annual

Budget

92.5% –

107.5%

95% – 110%A change in the

achievement of the

FY22 budget by 250

bps would increase/

decrease the FV of

the consideration by

$1.3m

Probability

weighted

average of

achieving

FY22 Budget

99%n/aA change in the

achievement of the

FY22 budget by 250

bps would increase/

decrease the FV of

the consideration by

$1.3m

Discount Rate2.6%2.6%A change in the

discount rate by 100

bps would increase/

decrease the FV of

the consideration by

$0.5m

The following table presents the changes in Level 3 instruments, which are carried at fair value through profit or loss.

Contingent consideration in a business combination

2021

$000

2020

$000

Opening balance27,3861,464

Acquisition of businesses-27,381

Settlement(139)-

Purchase price adjustment-(1,505)

Change in fair value of contingent consideration23,046-

Unwinding of discount on contingent consideration1,012-

Exchange rate adjustments-46

Closing balance51,30527,386

Total losses for the year included in the income statement for liabilities held at the end of the reporting period, under:

· Change in fair value of contingent consideration

– Big Chill Distribution Limited

23,046(1,505)

· Net interest and finance costs1,012-

24,058(1,505)

Contingent consideration in a business combination relates to an increase in the estimated future final payment for the acquisition of

Big Chill Distribution Limited (BCD) (2020: relates to acquisition of BCD). Refer Note 31 for details of the BCD acquisition.

29.2 Capital risk management

Group capital (Shareholders Funds) consists of share capital, other reserves and retained earnings. To maintain or alter the capital structure,

the Group has the ability to vary the level of dividends paid to shareholders, return capital to shareholders or issue new shares, reduce or

increase bank borrowings or sell assets. The Group does not have any externally imposed capital requirements.

The Group’s long term debt facilities impose a number of banking covenants. These covenants are calculated monthly and are reported to

the banks half-yearly on a rolling 12-months basis. The most significant covenant relating to capital management is a requirement for the

Group to maintain its operating leverage (net debt divided by profit before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation) below a maximum

level. There have been no breaches of banking covenants or events of review during the current or prior year.

Notes to the financial statements

For the year ended 30 June 2021

Notes to the financial statements

For the year ended 30 June 2021

Annual Report | Financial Year ended 30 June 2021
142 143

Freightways Limited and its subsidiaries |

Financial assets at

amortised cost

Derivatives used

for hedging

Total

2021

$000

2020

$000

2021

$000

2020

$000

2021

$000

2020

$000

Group

Trade and other receivables

(excluding prepayments)98,507100,025--98,507100,025

Cash and cash equivalents19,94016,686--19,94016,686

Total118,447116,711--118,447116,711

Derivatives used for

hedging

Other financial liabilities

at amortised cost

Other financial liabilities

held at fair value

Total

2021

$000

2020

$000

2021

$000

2020

$000

2021

$000

2020

$000

2021

$000

2020

$000

Group

Borrowings (excluding

lease liabilities)--163,696221,694--163,696221,694

Lease liabilities--311,636311,072--311,636311,072

Derivative financial

instruments

1,6592,882----1,6592,882

Trade and other payables --66,80260,09651,30527,386118,10787,482

Total1,6592,882542,134592,86251,30527,386595,098623,130

Note 30. Financial instruments by category

(a) Assets, as per balance sheet

(b) Liabilities, as per balance sheet

Note 31. Business combinations

Big Chill Distribution Limited (“BCD”)

Effective 1 April 2020, the Group acquired 100% of BCD, a company operating in the New Zealand temperature-controlled transport and

facilities market, for an initial consideration of approximately $114.6 million and a future earn-out representing 20% of BCD Enterprise Value

as at 30 June 2022. This acquired subsidiary operates within the Group’s express package & business mail division.

Given the size of the transaction and proximity to the end of financial year, the Group had not yet finalised the fair value assessment of the

assets acquired, liabilities assumed and goodwill as at 30 June 2020. The Group finalised its assessment during the year ended 30 June 2021

and revised the fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed.

1 Apr 2020 &

30 June 2020

31 Dec 2020

Preliminary

$000

Adjustments

$000

Revised

$000

Purchase consideration:

Cash paid during the period84,553-84,553

Issue of Freightways shares30,000-30,000

Fair value of future earn-out payment27,193-27,193

Total purchase consideration141,746-141,746

The fair value of the trade and other receivables acquired as part of the business combination amounted to $11.7 million. The gross

contractual amount is $12.1 million, with a loss allowance of $0.4 million recognised on acquisition.

The goodwill of $77.6 million arising upon this acquisition is attributable to the business know how and premium paid for strategic reasons,

including acquiring an entry point into the temperature-controlled transport and facilities industry. None of the goodwill recognised is

deductible for income tax purposes.

Fair value of assets and liabilities arising from the acquisition:

Cash and cash equivalents5,715-5,715

Trade and other receivables11,706-11,706

Plant and equipment24,256-24,256

Right-of-use assets91,292-91,292

Net investment in sublease4,506-4,506

Brand name5,5008,50014,000

Customer relationships40,900-40,900

Non-compete agreement1,900-1,900

Goodwill83,755(6,120)77,635

Trade and other payables(12,802)-(12,802)

Borrowings(6,023)-(6,023)

Deferred tax liability(12,724)(2,380)(15,104)

Lease liabilities(96,235)-(96,235)

141,746-141,746

The following table summarises the revised amounts determined for purchase consideration and the fair value of assets acquired and

liabilities assumed:

Notes to the financial statements

For the year ended 30 June 2021

Notes to the financial statements

For the year ended 30 June 2021

Annual Report | Financial Year ended 30 June 2021
144 145

Freightways Limited and its subsidiaries |

Financial Statements

Stock exchange listing

The Company’s fully paid ordinary shares are listed on NZSX (the New Zealand Stock Exchange).

Distribution of shareholders and shareholdings as at 31 July 2021

Number

of holders

Number

of shares held

% of issued

capital

Size of shareholding

1 to 1,9993,8233,554,4042.15

2,000 to 4,9992,5937,803,0244.71

5,000 to 9,9991,2007,888,4084.77

10,000 to 49,99977313,059,2017.89

50,000 to 99,999372,266,5771.37

100,000 to 499,999285,080,4283.07

500,000 to 999,999107,240,4884.37

1,000,000 and over24118,645,57471.67

Total shareholders8,488165,538,104100.00

Geographic distribution

New Zealand8,313148,859,23989.92

Australia10916,402,9309.91

Other66275,9350.17

8,488165,538,104100.00

Substantial product holders as at 31 July 2021

Based upon notices received, the following persons are deemed to be substantial product holders in accordance with Section 293 of the

Financial Markets Conduct Act 2013:

Voting securities

Number%

ANZ New Zealand Investments Limited, ANZ Bank New Zealand Limited,

ANZ Custodial Services New Zealand Limited, ANZ New Zealand Investments

Nominees Limited and OnePath Funds Management Limited (Australia)

10,055,8676.07

The total number of issued voting securities of the Company as at 31 July 2021 was 165,538,104.

(a) Big Chill brand name

The fair value for the Big Chill brand name was provisional as at 30 June 2020, which has since been finalised during the year ended 30

June 2021.

(b) Fair value of future final payment – 30 June 2020

The estimated discounted future final payment of $27.2 million payable in August 2022 was accrued for in the financial

statements but was contingent upon certain financial performance hurdles being achieved for the years ended 30 June 2021 and 2022. The

potential undiscounted amount of the future final payment that the Group expected was between nil and $30 million. The Group forecasted

several scenarios and probability-weighted each to determine a fair value for this contingent payment arrangement.

(c) Fair value of future final payment – 30 June 2021

As at 30 June 2021 the estimated discounted future final payment was increased to $51.3 million ($52.6m undiscounted), representing an

increase of $23 million (net of impact of unwinding of discount on acquisition earn-out liability of $1 million) which has been recognised in

the income statement. The Group has forecast several scenarios and probability-weighted each to determine an updated fair value for this

contingent payment arrangement. The liability is presented within trade and other payables in the balance sheet.

State Waste Services (SWS)

Effective 1 September 2017, the Group acquired the business and assets of SWS, an Australian-based medical waste collection and

destruction business, for an initial payment of approximately $6.5 million (A$5.9 million) and a future maximum earn-out of up to $4.5 million

(A$4.1 million). SWS was branded as Med-X and integrated into the Group’s Shred-X business within the information management division.

As at 30 June 2021, based on the actual performance of the acquired business, management has confirmed that no future earn-out payment

will be due in September 2021 (2020: no accrual for this earn-out).

Note 32. Significant events after balance date

Dividend declared

On 23 August 2021, the Directors declared a fully imputed final dividend of 18 cents per share (approximately $29.8 million) in respect of the

year ended 30 June 2021. The dividend will be paid on 1 October 2021. The record date for determination of entitlements to the dividend is

17 September 2021.

COVID-19

Post year end, parts of Australia have seen increased restrictions because of a resumption of COVID-19 cases. To date this has not had a

material impact on the Group’s business activities.

On 18 August 2021, New Zealand entered an alert level 4 lockdown. Freightways is deemed to provide essential services in New Zealand and

have well established protocols to ensure that all staff and contractors can operate safely under all alert levels; however, under alert level 4,

activity levels are significantly impacted across all the New Zealand businesses. Experience from the previous move from alert level 4 to alert

level 3 showed that the express package businesses should recover quickly and tend to experience a significant increase in volumes stronger

than expected under level 3.

Should the level 4 lockdown continue for an extended period we will continue to evaluate our cost base and whether there is a need to apply

for the government wage subsidy.

At the date of this report, there have been no other significant events subsequent to the reporting date.

Shareholder Information

Notes to the financial statements

For the year ended 30 June 2021

Annual Report | Financial Year ended 30 June 2021
146 147

Freightways Limited and its subsidiaries |

Number of

Shares held

% of issued

capital

Custodial Services Limited <A/C 4>22,409,50513.54

Citibank Nominees (New Zealand) Limited <CNOM90> *11,258,8906.80

FNZ Custodians Limited 10,213,6166.17

HSBC Nominees (New Zealand) Limited <HKBN45> *6,807,2544.11

Forsyth Barr Custodians Limited <1-Custody>6,801,7274.11

Accident Compensation Corporation <ACCI40> *6,470,1603.91

ANZ Custodial Services New Zealand Limited <PBNK90> *6,113,0253.69

HSBC Nominees (New Zealand) Limited <HKBN90> *6,024,5983.64

TEA Custodians Limited <TEAC40> *5,562,4783.36

JPMorgan Chase Bank <CHAM24> *5,261,6813.18

BNP Paribas Nominees (NZ) Limited <BPSS40> *4,147,2412.51

National Nominees Limited <NNLZ90> *3,701,8782.24

JBWere (NZ) Nominees Limited <NZ Resident A/C>3,210,8961.94

PTJR Pty Limited3,054,0541.84

HSBC Nominees A/C NZ Superannuation Fund Nominees Limited <SUPR40> *2,894,6731.75

New Zealand Depository Nominee Limited <A/C 1 Cash Account>2,756,7781.67

ANZ Wholesale Australasian Share Fund <PNAS90> *2,728,2641.65

Dean John Bracewell & Phillipa Anne Bracewell & Bracewell Trustee Company Limited

<Bracewell Family A/C>

1,753,7331.06

BNP Paribas Nominees (NZ) Limited <COGN40>*1,647,4391.00

FNZ Custodians Limited <DTA Non Resident A/C> 1,319,2950.80

114,137,18568.97

*Held through NZ Central Securities Depository Limited

Top twenty registered shareholders of listed shares as at 31 July 2021

Shareholder InformationCorporate Governance Statement

This statement is an overview of the Group’s main corporate governance policies, practices and processes adopted or followed by the

Board of Directors. The Group’s corporate governance processes do not materially differ from the principles set out in the NZX Corporate

Governance Code.

The role of the Board of Directors

The Board of Directors of Freightways Limited (the Board) is committed to the highest standards of corporate governance and ethical

behaviour, both in form and substance, amongst its Directors and the people of the Company and its subsidiaries (Freightways).

Board responsibilities

The Board’s corporate governance responsibilities include overseeing the management of Freightways to ensure proper direction and

control of Freightways’ activities.

In particular, the Board will establish corporate objectives and monitor management’s implementation of strategies to achieve those

objectives. It will approve budgets and monitor performance against budget. The Board will ensure adequate risk management strategies

are in place and monitor the integrity of management information and the timeliness of reporting to shareholders and other stakeholder

groups.

The Board will follow the corporate governance rules established by the New Zealand Stock Exchange and Directors will act in accordance

with their fiduciary duties in the best interests of the Company.

A formal Board Charter, which can be found at https://www.freightways.co.nz/about/corporate-governance/, has been adopted by the Board

that elaborates on Directors’ responsibilities. The Board will internally evaluate its performance annually. Any recommendations flowing

from this review will be implemented promptly. The Board will review its Corporate Governance practice against current best practice and

continue to develop company policies and procedures, as deemed necessary.

Board composition, appointment and performance

In accordance with the Company’s constitution the Board will comprise not less than three directors. The Board will be comprised of a mix

of persons with complementary skills appropriate to the Company’s objectives and strategies. The Board must include not less than two

persons (or if there are eight or more directors, three persons or one third rounded down to the nearest whole number of directors) who are

deemed to be independent.

Freightways’ Board currently comprises six Directors (excluding Fiona Oliver who was appointed on 5 July 2021): the non-executive Chairman

and five non-executive directors. All Freightways’ Directors are independent. Key executives attend board meetings by invitation.

Each director must enter into a written agreement with the Company on appointment that outlines the terms of the director’s appointment.

The directors all undertake appropriate training to remain current on how to best perform their duties as directors of the Company.

Diversity & Inclusion

The Company has a formal diversity & inclusion policy which can be found at https://www.freightways.co.nz/about/corporate-governance/.

The Company is committed to encouraging diversity throughout all levels of its operations and by ensuring all employees have an equal

opportunity to realise their career ambitions within Freightways. As required to be reported by the NZX Listing Rules, the Company advises

that from a gender diversity perspective, as at 30 June 2021, the Board was comprised of 5 male and 1 female directors (2020: 4 male and

2 female directors), and all 5 officers of the Company, who are not directors of the Company, were male (2020: all 5 officers of the Company,

who were not directors of the Company, were male).

The Company has committed to promoting diversity and inclusion in the workplace through the development and advancement of under-

represented groups in the Group with career opportunities, professional development courses and training. The Executive team of the

businesses in the Group currently consists of 26% female with no measure of ethnic mix. The Company has set an objective of having 40% of

the Executive, Leadership Teams and Freightways Board to be composed of representatives of currently under-represented groups (women,

ethnic groups and employees under 43 years-old) by 2030.

Annual Report | Financial Year ended 30 June 2021
148 149

Freightways Limited and its subsidiaries |

Corporate Governance Statement

Meetings HeldMeetings Attended

Director

Mark Verbiest1111

Mark Cairns (Appointed 1 April 2021)22

Kim Ellis1110

Abby Foote1111

Peter Kean1111

Mark Rushworth1111

Andrea Staines (Resigned 29 October 2020)43

43

Meetings HeldMeetings Attended

Director

Abby Foote88

Mark Rushworth88

Mark Verbiest88

Board committees

Standing committees have been established to assist in the execution of the Board’s responsibilities. These committees utilise their

access to management and external advisors at a suitably detailed level, as deemed necessary and report back to the full Board. Each of

these committees has a charter outlining its composition, responsibilities and objectives. The committees are as follows:

Audit & Risk Committee: The Audit & Risk Committee is responsible for overseeing risk management, accounting and audit activities and

reviewing the adequacy and effectiveness of internal controls, meeting with and reviewing the performance of external auditors, reviewing

the Annual Report and Half Year Results Release and making recommendations on financial and accounting policies. The Company’s Audit &

Risk Committee Charter can be found at https://www.freightways.co.nz/about/corporate-governance/.

The Group has an established internal audit function for financial controls and also engages Ernst & Young to perform complementary

internal audits of non-financial control related areas of the Group. Ernst & Young utilise the expertise of their relevant Subject Matter

Professionals to execute an internal audit programme that effectively covers a broad spectrum of risks. Ernst & Young regularly reports on

their activities to the Audit & Risk Committee.

The members are Abby Foote (Chair), Mark Rushworth and Mark Verbiest. All members are independent non-executive Directors. Meetings

were held and attended, as follows:

Board meetings

The following table outlines the number of board meetings attended by Directors during the course of the 2021 financial year:

Meetings HeldMeetings Attended

Director

Kim Ellis66

Mark Cairns (Appointed 24 June 2021)11

Peter Kean66

Andrea Staines (Resigned 29 October 2020)22

Mark Verbiest 66

People & Remuneration Committee: The People & Remuneration Committee is responsible for overseeing the Freightways human

resource practices, reviewing the remuneration and benefits of the senior management, reviewing and recommending the remuneration

of Board members, and making recommendations to the Board in respect of succession planning. The Company’s People & Remuneration

Committee Charter and the Company’s Remuneration Policy can be found at https://www.freightways.co.nz/about/corporate-governance/.

The members of the People & Remuneration Committee are Kim Ellis (Chair), Peter Kean and Mark Verbiest. Meetings were held and

attended, as follows:

Nominations Committee: The Nominations Committee is responsible for ensuring the Board is composed of Directors who contribute to

the successful management of the Company, ensuring formal review of the performance of the Board, individual Directors and the Board’s

committees, ensuring effective induction programmes are in place for the Directors and confirming the status of Directors’ independence

for external reporting purposes. The Company’s Nominations Committee Charter can be found at https://www.freightways.co.nz/about/

corporate-governance/.

The members of the Nominations Committee are Mark Verbiest (Chair), Mark Cairns, Kim Ellis, Abby Foote, Peter Kean and Mark

Rushworth. Meetings were held and attended, as follows:

Meetings HeldMeetings Attended

Director

Mark Verbiest11

Mark Cairns (Appointed 1 April 2021)--

Kim Ellis11

Abby Foote1 1

Peter Kean 11

Mark Rushworth11

Andrea Staines (Resigned 29 October 2020)11

Code of ethics

Freightways expects its Directors and employees to maintain high ethical standards that are consistent with Freightways’ core values,

business objectives and legal and policy obligations. A formal Code of Ethics has been adopted by the Board and can be found at https://www.

freightways.co.nz/about/corporate-governance/. Freightways’ people are expected to continue to lead according to this Code. The Code deals

specifically with conflicts of interest, proper use of information, proper use of assets and property, conduct and compliance with applicable

laws, regulations, rules and policies.

Corporate Governance Statement

Annual Report | Financial Year ended 30 June 2021
150 151

Freightways Limited and its subsidiaries |

Protected disclosures (whistleblower)

The Company is committed to encouraging, supporting and respecting open and honest accountable work practices. The Company believes

all employees have a responsibility to eliminate serious wrongdoing in the workplace. The Company’s Protected Disclosure (Whistleblower)

Policy can be found at https://www.freightways.co.nz/about/corporate-governance/.

Delegation of authority

The Board delegates its authority where appropriate to the Chief Executive Officer for the day-to-day affairs of Freightways. Formal policies

and procedures exist that detail the parameters that the Chief Executive Officer and in turn his direct reports are able to operate within.

Share trading by directors and management

The Board has adopted a policy that ensures compliance with New Zealand’s insider trading laws. This policy requires prior consent by the

Chief Financial Officer in relation to any trading by executive management, and in the case of Directors of the Company and its subsidiaries,

prior consent by the Chairman of the Board. The Company’s Insider Trading Policy can be found at https://www.freightways.co.nz/about/

corporate-governance/.

Treasury policy

Exposure to foreign exchange and interest rate risks is managed in accordance with the Group’s Treasury Policy that sets limits of

management authority. Derivative financial instruments are used by the Group to manage its business risks; they are not used for speculative

purposes.

Reporting and disclosure

The Company is committed to promoting investor confidence by providing timely, accurate and full disclosure of information in accordance

with the NZX Listing Rules. The Company has appointed its Chief Financial Officer as its Disclosure Officer. The Disclosure Officer is

responsible for monitoring Freightways’ business to ensure it complies with its disclosure obligations. The Disclosure Officer has access to

all necessary information provided by the direct reports of Freightways’ Chief Executive Officer in respect of their areas of responsibility. The

Disclosure Officer will regularly request certification from the Chief Executive Officer’s direct reports that all reasonable enquiries have been

made to ensure all relevant material information has been disclosed to the Disclosure Officer. The Company’s Disclosure & Communications

Policy can be found at https://www.freightways.co.nz/about/corporate-governance/.

Risk management

The Company operates in an environment that contains a number of operational and strategic risks. It actively manages risk to ensure it

operates a safe workplace and is able to sustain the achievement of its business objectives. Risk management techniques and capability

assist managers to focus on uncertainties and vulnerabilities associated with the future, thereby improving the likelihood of meeting

business objectives.

The management of risk is a core management responsibility. All managers and employees are accountable to employ risk management

processes within their area of control to aid in the achievement of business objectives. A process to ensure risk has been adequately

identified, considered and can be managed, is evident in all key decision-making processes. The Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial

Officer and subsidiary management ensure that risks to the business are identified and evaluated, that effective responses and control

activities are developed and that appropriate monitoring and timely re-evaluation is conducted.

The Board and its Audit & Risk Committee are responsible for setting policy, assessing and monitoring strategic risks and ensuring

management maintains an effective risk management framework.

Ernst & Young performs internal audit on areas assessed to be highest risk for the business and are reviewed on a regular basis, including IT

project management, payroll processing and managing business continuity.

The Company’s Risk Management Policy can be found at https://www.freightways.co.nz/about/corporate-governance/.

Corporate Governance Statement

Health & safety risks

Under the Board’s oversight, the Company’s management team and Health & Safety Committee are responsible for oversight of the

Company’s health & safety risks. The prevention of accidents and injuries is of vital importance and no task is regarded to be so important

that it may be done in an unsafe manner. The Company has developed and maintains a Health & Safety Manual that details the procedures

required of all managers, employees and contractors to maintain a healthy and safe working environment.

The Company is subject to internal and external audit and review, including external audit as part of the Accident Compensation

Corporation’s Accredited Employers Programme and also New Zealand’s Civil Aviation Authority audit of the Group’s Fieldair operations.

The Board monitors, supports and completes its own due diligence on the health & safety practices of the Company. Health & safety is a

standing Board agenda item that is discussed at all scheduled Board meetings.

Takeover response plan

The Board has adopted a Takeover Response Plan to assist the directors and management with the response to unexpected takeover activity.

The Plan summarises key aspects of takeover preparation, and sets out, governance, conflict and communications protocols for takeover

response. This Plan provides that in the event of a takeover offer, the Board would establish an Independent Takeover Response committee to

manage its takeover response obligations.

Corporate Governance Statement

153
Freightways Limited and its subsidiaries | Annual Report | Financial Year ended 30 June 2021

152

Directory

Freightways Limited and its subsidiaries

Messenger Services Limited

32 Botha Road

Penrose

DX EX10911

Auckland

Telephone: 09 526 3680

www.sub60.co.nz

www.kiwiexpress.co.nz

www.stuck.co.nz

www.securityexpress.co.nz

New Zealand Couriers Limited

32 Botha Road

Penrose

DX CX10119

Auckland

Telephone: 09 571 9600

www.nzcouriers.co.nz

Post Haste Limited

32 Botha Road

Penrose

DX EX10978

Auckland

Telephone: 09 579 5650

www.posthaste.co.nz

www.passtheparcel.co.nz

Castle Parcels Limited

163 Station Road

Penrose

DX CX10245

Auckland

Telephone: 09 525 5999

www.castleparcels.co.nz

NOW Couriers Limited

161 Station Road

Penrose

Auckland

Telephone: 09 526 9170

www.nowcouriers.co.nz

New Zealand Document

Exchange Limited

20 Fairfax Avenue

Penrose

DX CR59901

Auckland

Telephone: 09 526 3150

www.dxmail.co,nz

www.dataprint.co.nz

The Information Management

Group (NZ) Limited

33 Botha Road

Penrose

DX EX10975

Auckland

Telephone: 09 580 4360

www.timg.co.nz

Fieldair Holdings Limited

Palmerston North International Airport

Palmerston North

DX PX10029

Palmerston North

Telephone: 06 357 1149

www.fieldair.co.nz

Big Chill Distribution Limited

28 Pukekiwiriki Place

Highbrook

Auckland

Telephone: 09 272 7440

www.bigchill.co.nz

The Information Management

Group Pty Limited

PO Box 21

Enfield

New South Wales 2136

Australia

Telephone: +61 29 882 0600

www.timg.com

www.filesaver.com.au

www.litsupport.com.au

Shred-X Pty Limited

PO Box 1184

Oxenford

Queensland 4210

AUSTRALIA

Telephone: +61 1 300 747 339

www.shred-x.com.au

www.med-xsolutions.com.au

For inquiries in relation to Freightways’ services and products contact the offices listed

below or refer to Freightways’ website at www.freightways.co.nz.

Board of Directors

Mark Verbiest (Chairman)

Mark Cairns

Kim Ellis

Abby Foote

Peter Kean

Fiona Oliver

Mark Rushworth

Registered Office

32 Botha Road

Penrose

DX CX10120

Telephone: (09) 571 9670

Facsimile: (09) 571 9671

www.freightways.co.nz

Auditors

PricewaterhouseCoopers

15 Customs Street West

Auckland CBD

Auckland 1010

Share Registrar

Computershare Investor Services Limited

159 Hurstmere Road

Takapuna

North Shore City 0622

DX CX10247

Stock Exchange

The fully paid ordinary shares of

Freightways Limited are listed on

NZX Limited (the New Zealand

Stock Exchange).

Company Particulars

Freightways Limited
freightways.co.nz

Data sourced from publicly available filings. Our datasets may not be complete. Automated analysis can produce errors. If you believe any data on this page is incorrect, please contact us at hello@nzxplorer.co.nz. For informational purposes only. Not investment advice.

Other issuers discussed similar conditions around this time

Matched by meaning across NZX announcement text, not keywords — based on our semantic index of announcement bodies.